• Skip to primary navigation
  • Skip to main content
  • Skip to primary sidebar

Baking Like a Chef logo

  • ABOUT
  • RECIPES
  • CLUB
  • SHOP
menu icon
go to homepage
  • Recipes
  • Basics
  • Printables
  • Subscribe
  • About
search icon
Homepage link
  • Recipes
  • Basics
  • Printables
  • Subscribe
  • About
×

Want to learn sourdough?

START

Home » Recipe Index

Starbucks Vanilla Bean Frappuccino Recipe

Mar 20, 2025 · Leave a Comment

Two glasses of Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino with whipped cream and a vanilla bean pod garnish.

Quick Summary: This copycat Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino blends milk, vanilla bean ice cream, sugar, vanilla extract, and ice until thick and frosty, then gets topped with whipped cream. It is coffee-free, ready in minutes, and tastes just like the coffee shop version.

You can make your favorite Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino recipe at home with just 4 simple ingredients. Forget the lines and enjoy a budget-friendly sweet treat that tastes just like the one from Starbucks.

Two glasses of Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino with whipped cream and a vanilla bean pod garnish.

What is a Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino?

A Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino is a creamy, blended crème drink, meaning it contains no coffee or caffeine. It is made with milk, ice, vanilla bean syrup, and whipped cream, so it tastes like a cool, smooth vanilla milkshake rather than a coffee drink.

This homemade version copies that sweet, vanilla-forward flavor using vanilla bean ice cream and pure vanilla extract.

This is an easy, tasty copycat recipe, just like Starbucks's. It is simple to make at home, saves you money, and tastes just as good (or even better) than the store-bought version.

You can make it on hot summer days, snowy winter mornings, or any day you crave something sweet and refreshing.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Milk: Use whole milk, or substitute it for low-fat milk.
  • Granulated sugar
  • Vanilla bean ice cream
  • Vanilla extract: Use pure vanilla extract.
  • Crushed ice
  • Whipped cream is optional, but it adds so much texture and flavor. You can make your own whipped cream or buy ready-made.

Equipment

  • blender
  • measuring cups and spoons
  • ice cream scoop
  • tall glass
  • straw

How to make vanilla bean frappuccino

Step 1: Place all ingredients (except the whipped cream) into a blender and mix until smooth. Pour the drink into your favorite glass, then add a swirl of whipped cream on top.

Step 2: Enjoy right away with a fun straw.

Two glasses of Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino topped with whipped cream and straws.

Expert tips

  • Get all your ingredients ready ahead of time, especially the ice cream and ice, so that you can blend and enjoy your treat right away. A little prep (mise en place) makes the preparation smooth.
  • Toss in fresh or frozen fruits while blending, or add them on top when serving.
  • Experiment with different flavors, like drizzling caramel or chocolate syrup if desired.

Recipe variations

This copycat is easy to adapt to your taste:

  • Without ice cream: Swap the vanilla bean ice cream for extra milk (or a frozen banana) and a little more sugar, then blend with plenty of ice for a lighter, frostier drink.
  • Coffee version: Add a shot of cooled espresso or a few tablespoons of strong cold brew to turn it into a coffee frappuccino.
  • Dairy-free: Use your favorite plant milk and dairy-free vanilla ice cream, then top with coconut whipped cream.
  • Fruity twist: Blend in fresh or frozen strawberries, or drizzle caramel or chocolate syrup inside the glass.

Storing & freezing

A vanilla bean frappuccino is best enjoyed right away, while it is thick and frosty. If you have leftovers, store them in a covered glass in the fridge for up to a day and re-blend with a little extra ice before serving, since it will separate and lose its slushy texture as it sits.

You can also freeze the blended drink in an ice cube tray, then blend the cubes later for a quick treat. If you like easy no-bake treats, you might also enjoy this strawberry tiramisu in a glass.

Recipe FAQ

What is in a Starbucks Vanilla Bean Frappuccino?
The Starbucks version blends milk, ice, a sweet vanilla bean powder, and Frappuccino base, topped with whipped cream. This homemade copycat recreates it with milk, vanilla bean ice cream, sugar, pure vanilla extract, and crushed ice.

Does a vanilla bean frappuccino have coffee?
No. It is a crème-based Frappuccino, so it contains no coffee and no caffeine. That makes it a great choice for kids or anyone who wants a sweet, creamy treat without the coffee.

What does a vanilla bean frappuccino taste like?
It tastes like a cold, creamy vanilla milkshake: sweet, smooth, and rich with real vanilla flavor, finished with a swirl of whipped cream.

Can you make a vanilla bean frappuccino without ice cream?
Yes. Replace the ice cream with extra milk or a frozen banana and a little more sugar, then blend with plenty of ice. It will be lighter and icier but still creamy and sweet.

How do you make it thicker?
Add more crushed ice or an extra scoop of ice cream and blend in short bursts. Using less milk also keeps it thick and frosty rather than thin.

Can you freeze the leftovers?
Yes. Pour any extra into an ice cube tray and freeze, then blend the cubes later for a quick frappuccino. Fresh is always best, but this is a handy way to avoid waste.

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Starbucks Vanilla Bean Frappuccino

Two glasses of Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino with whipped cream and a vanilla bean pod garnish.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

This Starbucks vanilla bean frappuccino recipe is easy, budget-friendly, and tasty. It tastes just as good (or even better) than the store-bought version.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Total Time: 5 minutes
  • Yield: 2 1x
  • Category: Drinks
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: American

Ingredients

Scale
  • 1 ½ cup (360 ml) milk (3.2 % fat)
  • 1 cup (210 g) crushed ice
  • 3 scoops vanilla bean ice cream (200 g)
  • 1 teaspoon granulated sugar
  • ⅛ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • whipped cream (optional)
  • vanilla bean pod (optional for decoration)

Instructions

  1. Place all ingredients (except the whipped cream) into a blender and mix until smooth.
  2. Pour the drink into your favorite glass, then add a swirl of whipped cream on top.
  3. Enjoy it right away with a fun straw.

Notes

  1. Get all your ingredients ready ahead of time, especially the ice cream and ice, so that you can blend and enjoy your treat right away. A little prep (mise en place) makes the preparation smooth.
  2. Toss in fresh or frozen fruits while blending, or add them on top when serving.
  3. Experiment with different flavors, like drizzling caramel or chocolate syrup, if desired.
  4. The nutritional info doesn't include whipped cream.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1
  • Calories: 382
  • Sugar: 67.4g
  • Sodium: 88mg
  • Fat: 8.5g
  • Saturated Fat: 5.4g
  • Carbohydrates: 69.7g
  • Fiber: 0.5g
  • Protein: 4.8g
  • Cholesterol: 35mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Chocolate Charlotte Cake (Charlotte au Chocolat)

May 21, 2023 · 4 Comments

Chocolate Charlotte on a cake stand.

Quick Summary: Chocolate Charlotte cake (charlotte au chocolat) is a no-bake French dessert of ladyfingers arranged around a rich, gelatin-free chocolate mousse, then chilled until set. It slices cleanly, needs no oven, and is ideal for birthdays and celebrations.

Chocolate Charlotte on a cake stand

What is chocolate Charlotte cake?

Chocolate Charlotte, or Charlotte au chocolat, is a classic French dessert made with ladyfingers (or spoon biscuits) and filled with rich chocolate mousse. It is also known as Chocolate Charlotte Russe.

Traditional Charlotte cakes are filled with Bavarian cream, a blend of crème anglaise, whipped cream, and gelatin, but chocolate, fruit, and other mousse fillings have become popular variations. The dessert traces its origins to French chef Marie-Antoine Carême, who is also credited with creating the Charlotte Russe.

A single slice of Charlotte au chocolat on a dessert plate

Are the eggs in chocolate Charlotte cake cooked?

The eggs are not fully cooked, but they are gently pasteurized. As you whisk the egg yolks and whole eggs, you pour in a hot sugar syrup, which heats the mixture and helps make the eggs safe to eat, unlike a classic mousse made with raw eggs. This technique also gives the chocolate mousse its smooth, stable texture.

If you prefer extra peace of mind, use pasteurized eggs, and always keep the finished chocolate Charlotte chilled in the refrigerator. Serve it to healthy adults rather than very young children, pregnant women, or anyone with a weakened immune system.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • No baking needed. This chocolate Charlotte comes together with store-bought ladyfingers and a stovetop mousse, so you never have to turn on the oven.
  • Silky, gelatin-free mousse. The chocolate filling is set with tempered eggs and hot sugar syrup instead of gelatin, giving it a light, creamy texture unlike French chocolate mousse made with raw eggs.
  • A true showstopper. The ring of ladyfingers and a tall dome of chocolate mousse make an elegant centerpiece for birthdays, Valentine's Day, or Christmas.
  • Make-ahead friendly. The dessert needs to chill and firm up, so you can assemble it a day in advance and unmold before serving.
  • Classic French technique. You get to master one of the most famous French molded desserts at home, with clear step-by-step instructions.

Ingredients

Chocolate Charlotte ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Dark chocolate: Choose very bitter dark chocolate for this Charlotte recipe. The higher the cocoa percentage, the richer the taste and the darker the mousse will be. Choose dark chocolate with at least 70% cocoa, preferably 85-90%.
  • Eggs: The recipe calls for large eggs and egg yolks. Separate the egg whites from the yolks with an egg separator while the eggs are chilled. Then let them sit on the counter to reach room temperature.
  • Sugar: Use granulated or caster sugar interchangeably. Don't reduce the sugar; it gives the mousse texture and balances the bitterness of dark chocolate.
  • Cream: Use heavy cream or heavy whipped cream with at least 30% fat for the best results.
  • Ladyfingers: Although authentic French Charlotte cake typically uses biscuits à la cuillère (soft-style ladyfingers), you can make this chocolate Charlotte recipe with classic dry ladyfingers. Alternatively, you can make homemade ladyfingers for an added personal touch.
  • Vanilla extract flavors the soaking syrup. Replace it with Grand Marnier, Kirsch, or dark rum, or omit it to make the dessert kid-friendly.

Equipment

  • 8-inch (20 cm) cake ring, springform pan, or Charlotte mold
  • serrated knife
  • heatproof bowl for the bain-marie
  • wooden spoon
  • hand whisk
  • stand mixer or hand mixer
  • cooking thermometer
  • rubber spatula
  • small saucepan
  • vegetable peeler or chocolate shaver

How to make chocolate Charlotte

Making chocolate Charlotte involves a few simple steps: making sugar syrup, lining a cake ring or Charlotte mold, making chocolate mousse, and assembling the dessert.

Step 1. To make sugar syrup, combine the sugar and water in a small saucepan and bring to a boil. Remove from the heat, add vanilla extract or another flavoring, and let it cool to room temperature, then refrigerate.

Step 2. To prepare the Charlotte mold, place an 8-inch (20 cm) cake ring (springform pan or mousse cake mold) on a serving plate or a cake board.

Step 3. Cut about 20 ladyfinger biscuits at the base to be 2.8 inches (7 cm) high using a serrated knife.

Step 4. Place ladyfingers around the edge of the cake ring, the sugared side towards the mold (photo 1).

Step 5. Pour the cold syrup into a deep plate. Dip biscuits, one at a time, on both sides, counting to 3 to ensure that they do not oversoak.

Step 6. Arrange dipped cookies in the bottom of the pan, sugared side up. Fill the gaps between the cookies by cutting them into pieces. 

Step 7. To make chocolate mousse, chop dark chocolate by hand or in a food processor.

Step 8. Place the chocolate in a heat-proof bowl and set it over a bain-marie (water bath). Melt the chocolate, stirring occasionally with a wooden spoon, then let it cool on the counter (photo 2).

Pro tip: Alternatively, use a double boiler or a microwave to melt chocolate at 30-second intervals on 30% power.

Photo 1: Mold lined with ladyfingers Photo 2: Melted chocolate in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 9. Place whole eggs with egg yolks in a mixing bowl and beat with a hand whisk until frothy.

Step 10. At the same time, pour the water and sugar into a small saucepan and bring to medium-high heat. Cook the sugar syrup until it reaches 250°F (121°C), checking the temperature with a cooking thermometer.

Step 11. Pour the hot syrup over the eggs, whisking constantly, and beat until the mixture whitens, doubles in volume, and cools completely (photo 3).

Step 12. Add the melted chocolate in 3 additions, gently mixing with a rubber spatula and lifting the mass until you obtain a nice, homogeneous foam (photo 4).

Photo 3: Whisked eggs in a bowl Photo 4: Chocolate and egg mixture in a bowl
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 13. Place cold heavy cream in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a whisk attachment (or use a hand mixer) and whip until soft peaks form (not stiff peaks).

Pro tip: Consult the whipped cream recipe for step-by-step photographed explanations, helpful tips, and tricks.

Step 14. Pour the chocolate mixture into the whipped cream and gently mix with a spatula (photo 5).

Step 15. To assemble the dessert, pour half of the chocolate mousse into the prepared mold. Add a layer of dipped cookies, flat side up.

Step 16. Pour the remaining mousse and smooth it with a spatula or the back of a spoon (photo 6). Refrigerate Charlotte for 4-6 hours, ideally overnight.

Photo 5: Chocolate mousse in a bowl Photo 6; Chocolate mousse poured into the mold
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 17. Make dark chocolate shavings out of the chocolate bar using a small sharp knife, a vegetable peeler, or a specially designed chocolate shaver.

To serve, remove the ring and sprinkle chocolate shavings over the mousse. Wrap the dessert with a ribbon for a pretty decorative touch.

Assembled chocolate Charlotte with chocolate shavings on top

Expert Tips

  1. Soak ladyfinger cookies in sugar syrup briefly to retain their shape and prevent them from becoming soft. 
  2. Don't overwhip the heavy cream. It needs to be flexible enough to mix with a chocolate-and-egg mixture.
  3. Avoid overmixing the chocolate mousse. Instead, gently work from the bottom up with a spatula.
  4. If preferred, use a piping bag filled with chocolate mousse to assemble the dessert.
  5. To cut the dessert, warm up a knife in hot water, dry it, and slice, cleaning it between each slice.

Recipe variations

  • Ladyfingers: Make a richer chocolate Charlotte by first dipping the sugared side of classic ladyfingers in melted chocolate, then lining the Charlotte mold (dipped side outwards). Let the chocolate set before assembling.
  • Chocolate: Experiment with different types of chocolate (white, dark, or milk) and cocoa percentages. For a richer chocolate experience, choose dark chocolate with 100% cocoa.
  • Chocolate mousse layers: Try a duo of chocolate mousses, rich milk and dark chocolate, layered and divided by tender ladyfingers.
  • Add-ins: Infuse chocolate mousse with the tang of chopped orange peels or add a crunchy layer of crushed caramelized hazelnuts.
  • Decoration: Sprinkle fine chocolate shavings or chocolate curls on the top of Charlotte. Or add some fruit to bring a little freshness to the dessert. Finally, wrap it with a pretty ribbon and tie a knot.

Storing & freezing

Store chocolate Charlotte in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. You can freeze it for 7-10 days, as long as the freezer is set to -13°F (-25°C). Take it out 24 hours before serving it, and let it thaw in the refrigerator.

Recipe FAQ

What is chocolate Charlotte Russe?
Chocolate Charlotte Russe is another name for this dessert. It refers to a molded cake in which ladyfingers line the sides, and a rich chocolate mousse or cream fills the center; it is then chilled until set. The names chocolate Charlotte, chocolate Charlotte cake, and chocolate Charlotte Russe are used interchangeably.

Is chocolate Charlotte cake no-bake?
Yes. This is a no-bake dessert, so no oven is needed. You melt the chocolate, whip the mousse, dip and arrange the ladyfingers, then chill the assembled Charlotte for at least 4 to 6 hours (ideally overnight) until firm enough to slice.

Is chocolate Charlotte the same as chocolate lady finger cake?
Essentially, yes. A chocolate ladyfinger cake describes the same idea: ladyfinger biscuits (boudoirs or biscuits à la cuillère) arranged around a chocolate filling. This Charlotte uses store-bought or homemade ladyfingers and a gelatin-free chocolate mousse.

Can I make chocolate Charlotte cake ahead of time?
Yes, and it is best made ahead. Assemble it a day before and refrigerate overnight so the mousse sets and the flavors meld. It keeps for 3 to 4 days in the fridge, or you can freeze it for 7 to 10 days and thaw it in the refrigerator 24 hours before serving.

What is a Charlotte mold?
A Charlotte mold is a specially designed pan with slightly flared sides and a fixed or removable hinge that makes it easy to remove Charlotte and other ladyfinger-lined desserts. Alternatively, you can use any deep mold with high edges, such as a cake mold or mousse cake ring.

What is the difference between French boudoirs and ladyfingers?
British English sponge fingers or ladyfingers are the same as French boudoirs and Italian savoiardi. They are all dry, egg-based biscuits that resemble fingers.

What is the difference between biscuits à la cuillère and boudoir?
While biscuits à la cuillère are made with egg whites and sprinkled with icing sugar, boudoir biscuits are made with whole eggs and sprinkled with granulated sugar. Boudoir biscuits have a softer texture and a slender shape, distinguishing them from traditional biscuits à la cuillère.

Love Charlotte cakes? Try these next!

  • Pear Charlotte Cake
  • Strawberry Charlotte
  • Lychee Cake With Pink Biscuits
  • Red Fruit Charlotte

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Chocolate Charlotte Cake (Charlotte au Chocolat)

Chocolate Charlotte on a cake stand.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Chocolate Charlotte cake is an elegant French dessert that features silky chocolate mousse layered between delicate ladyfingers. It is perfect for birthdays and other celebration parties.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 40 min
  • Cook Time: 20 min
  • Total Time: 1 hour (plus chilling time)
  • Yield: 8 1x
  • Category: Cakes
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale
  • 36 ladyfingers

For the soaking syrup: 

  • ⅓ cup (70 ml) water
  • 3 ½ tablespoons (45 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract

For chocolate mousse:

  • 150 g dark chocolate, 85-90% cacao
  • 50 g egg yolks (see note #1)
  • 50 g egg whites (see note #2)
  • 2 tablespoons (30 ml) water
  • ⅓ cup (70 g) granulated sugar
  • ½ cup + 2 tablespoons (150 g) heavy cream

For decoration:

  • 1 oz. (30 g) dark chocolate

Instructions

  1. To make sugar syrup, combine the sugar and water in a small saucepan and bring to a boil. Remove from the heat, add vanilla extract or another flavoring, and let it cool to room temperature, then refrigerate.
  2. Place an 8-inch (20 cm) cake ring (springform pan or mousse cake mold) on a serving plate or a cake board. Cut about 20 ladyfinger biscuits at the base to be 2.8 inches (7 cm) high using a serrated knife. Place the ladyfingers around the edge of the cake ring, the sugared side towards the mold.
  3. Pour the cold syrup into a deep plate. Dip biscuits, one at a time, on both sides, counting to 3 to ensure that they do not oversoak. Arrange dipped cookies in the bottom of the pan, sugared side up. Try to fill the gaps between cookies, cutting them into pieces.
  4. To make chocolate mousse, chop dark chocolate by hand or in a food processor. Place the chocolate in a heat-proof bowl and set it over a bain-marie (water bath). Melt the chocolate, stirring occasionally with a wooden spoon, then let it cool on the counter. Alternatively, use a double boiler or a microwave to melt the chocolate in 30-second increments at 30% power.
  5. Place whole eggs with egg yolks in a mixing bowl and beat with a hand whisk until frothy. At the same time, pour water with sugar into a small saucepan and bring it to a boil over medium-high heat. Cook the sugar syrup until it reaches 250°F (121°C), checking the temperature with a cooking thermometer.
  6. Pour the hot syrup over the eggs, whisking constantly, and beat until the mixture whitens, doubles in volume, and cools completely. Add the melted chocolate in 3 additions and gently mix with a rubber spatula, lifting the mass until you obtain a nice homogeneous foam.
  7. Place cold heavy cream in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with a whisk attachment (or use a hand mixer) and whip until soft peaks form (not stiff peaks). Pour the chocolate mixture into the whipped cream and gently mix with a spatula.
  8. To assemble Charlotte, pour half of the chocolate mousse into the prepared mold. Add a layer of dipped cookies, flat side up. Pour the remaining mousse and smooth it with a spatula or the back of a spoon. Refrigerate Charlotte for 4-6 hours, ideally overnight.
  9. Make dark chocolate shavings out of the chocolate bar using a small, sharp knife or a vegetable peeler. Remove the ring and sprinkle chocolate shavings over the mousse. Wrap the dessert with a ribbon for a pretty decorative touch.

Notes

  1. 50 g egg yolks are approximately equal to 3 raw fresh egg yolks from large-sized chicken eggs.
  2. 50 g egg whites are approximately equal to 1 ½ raw fresh egg whites from large-sized chicken eggs.
  3. Soak ladyfinger cookies in sugar syrup briefly to retain their shape and prevent them from becoming soft. 
  4. Don't overwhip the heavy cream. It needs to be flexible enough to mix with the chocolate-and-egg mixture.
  5. Avoid overmixing the chocolate mousse. Instead, gently work from the bottom up with a spatula.
  6. If preferred, use a piping bag filled with chocolate mousse to assemble the dessert.
  7. To cut the dessert, warm up a knife in hot water, dry it, and slice, cleaning it between each slice.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 436
  • Sugar: 24.3 g
  • Sodium: 95 g
  • Fat: 20.7 g
  • Saturated Fat: 11.5 g
  • Carbohydrates: 57.2 g
  • Fiber: 2.1 g
  • Protein: 8.9 g
  • Cholesterol: 214 g

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

10-Minute Caramelized Bananas (Easy Recipe)

Apr 21, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Caramelized bananas served with ice cream and flaked almonds in a bowl.

Quick Summary: Caramelized bananas are firm yellow bananas fried in butter and sugar (or honey) until golden and coated in a light caramel. You only need a few ingredients and about 10 minutes to make them, and they work as a warm topping for crepes, pancakes, or ice cream.

Caramelized bananas served with ice cream and flaked almonds in a bowl

What are caramelized bananas?

Caramelized bananas are firm yellow bananas cooked in butter with a little sugar or honey until they turn golden and are coated in a light caramel. The heat draws out the natural sugars, so the bananas stay soft inside while the outside turns sticky and sweet.

The same simple method works for other fruits. With a bit of butter and sugar, you can caramelize peaches or apples, but bananas caramelize fastest and need only about 10 minutes.

What are the best bananas for caramelizing?

Use firm yellow bananas that are just ripe. They hold their shape in the pan and caramelize evenly.

Avoid green bananas, which are starchy and not sweet enough, and avoid overripe or brown-spotted bananas, which turn mushy and fall apart. If your bananas are very soft, cut them into thicker pieces so they are easier to flip.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Ready in 10 minutes. You need only a few simple ingredients and one pan to make this quick dessert.
  • Beginner-friendly. The method is easy, so you get great results even on your first try.
  • Sweet and versatile. These bananas are a daily treat or a special-occasion dessert, and the same method also works for caramelized peaches and caramelized apples.
  • Easy to serve. Spoon them over basic crepes, pancakes, a sponge cake, or a scoop of vanilla ice cream.
  • A crowd-pleaser. The soft texture and caramel flavor make them a hit at any gathering.

Ingredients

Caramelized bananas ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Bananas: Choose firm bananas so that they hold their shape when fried. They should be yellow, with a bit of green, without brown or black spots. Small bananas work best. Avoid extremely green or overripe bananas; the latter are perfect for banana bread loaf, but not for frying.
  • Honey activates the caramelization process when its amino acids react with sugar. Replace honey with maple syrup or agave nectar if desired.
  • Butter: Use salted or unsalted butter; your choice. For the vegan version, replace it with vegan butter or margarine. Butter is used for greasing a pan; it also enhances the flavor of butter-fried bananas. Unfortunately, using a cooking spray isn't the same. However, you can replace butter with organic coconut oil.
  • Sugar: The recipe calls for white sugar: granulated or caster sugar. You can replace it with light or dark brown sugar or coconut sugar.
  • Lemon: Use organic lemon and make fresh lemon juice with a citrus juicer. You can replace lemon with lime if desired.
  • Cinnamon: Use a little ground cinnamon to add a beautiful flavor to the final dish. For added complexity, start the butter mixture with a cinnamon stick.
Caramelized bananas with ice cream in a bowl with ingredients around

Equipment

To make these caramelized bananas, you will need:

  • nonstick or cast-iron skillet
  • knife
  • cutting board
  • fork
  • citrus juicer

How to make caramelized bananas

Step 1: Peel bananas and cut them into long halves, then cut each half into 2-inch-thick slices (photo 1). If desired, cut bananas into slices about ½ inch (1.2 cm) thick, like thick coins.

Sliced bananas on a marble board

Step 2: Heat a medium skillet over medium-high heat. Melt butter with honey. Coat the sliced bananas in sugar, then place them in the hot pan.

Step 3: Fry the bananas in a single layer on one side for about 3-4 minutes, shaking the pan occasionally. Check for a golden-brown color with a fork.

Step 4: Carefully flip the bananas over to fry the other side. This will take about 30-60 seconds, depending on the stove (photo 2).

Bananas caramelized in caramel in a pan

Step 5: Watch out for caramelization! Once the banana slices are generously coated with caramel, add lemon juice, sprinkle with ground cinnamon, and cook for another 5-10 seconds, shaking the frying pan.

Attention: Watch out for caramel splashes while adding lemon juice! Don't bend over the pan; protect your hands and arms (wear long sleeves).

Step 6: Transfer the caramelized bananas, glazed with rich caramel sauce, by sliding them from the pan onto a dessert plate. Serve hot or warm with a scoop of ice cream.

Expert tip: Once the bananas reach their peak caramelization, quickly remove them from the pan to stop caramelization and prevent additional browning.

Caramelized bananas with ice cream in a bowl with a spoon

How do you keep bananas from burning?

The sugar can go from golden to burnt in seconds, so keep the heat medium-high (not high) and stay by the pan the whole time. Cook the bananas in a single layer so they are not crowded, and use a nonstick or cast-iron skillet to prevent sticking.

The second side cooks much faster than the first, so watch closely and remove the bananas as soon as they are golden and coated in caramel.

Expert Tips

  1. Choose a nonstick pan or a cast-iron skillet to prevent bananas from sticking to the bottom.
  2. Slice bananas into equal-thickness strips or coins to ensure even caramelization.
  3. Make sure the banana slices are not crowded while cooking. If you double or triple the recipe, use a large skillet or cook in batches.
  4. The provided cooking time is approximate and depends on the stove. Frying the second side of the bananas takes much less time than the first, so keep a close eye on the sugar and the bananas to prevent burning.
  5. Do not overcook the bananas, or they will go mushy. Instead, remove them from the heat as soon as they're ready.
  6. Soak the pan in hot water to make cleaning easier.

Recipe variations

  • Caramelized bananas with coconut: Sprinkle your bananas with shredded or flaked coconut at the end of cooking.
  • Caramelized bananas with maple syrup: Add 1-2 tablespoons of maple syrup (instead of honey) at the end of cooking.
  • Caramelized bananas tossed in cream: Pour in 2-3 tablespoons (30-45 g) of cream and cook for 1 more minute over low heat.
  • Glazed bananas: Remove the bananas to a serving plate and deglaze the pan with a few drizzles of rum (instead of lemon juice). Reduce slightly and set aside to pour over the caramelized bananas.
  • Flambéed bananas: Add dark rum, Grand Marnier, or another alcohol to the pan, then flambé your bananas for more flavor. Pour the flaming sauce over the dessert. Discover the secrets of the perfected flambé technique by making a Crêpes Suzette recipe.

Finally, add a sweet-and-tart twist to caramelized honey bananas by adding an apple, peeled and cut into quarters or smaller pieces. It is a great way to substitute for one banana.

Storing & freezing

Caramelized bananas are best served fresh off the pan. Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1-2 days. To serve warm, reheat in the microwave.

Can you freeze caramelized bananas? Unfortunately, no. They will get mushy and lose their shape when frozen, especially when thawing. Then the only way to use them would be to make a smoothie or banana milkshake.

Ways to use caramelized bananas

  • As a delicious breakfast topping, you can serve caramelized bananas over French crepes, sourdough French toast, waffles, a warm bowl of oatmeal, French rice pudding, homemade granola, yogurt, cottage cheese, or homemade farmer's cheese.
  • As a favorite dessert, fried caramelized bananas served on a dessert plate with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or homemade whipped cream make a simple dessert.
  • As a basis for other desserts, you can easily upgrade this recipe to a classic Banana Foster dessert. Just cook your bananas in a butter-and-honey mixture, then add 1-2 tablespoons of rum and chopped walnuts. Serve over vanilla ice cream.
  • As a beautiful addition to a dessert platter, these bananas, with their sweetness and soft texture, are easy to serve at any gathering.

FAQ

Can you use frozen bananas for this recipe?
Unfortunately, no. Defrosted bananas are mushy and will ultimately lose their shape when cooked.

How to serve caramelized bananas?
Serve caramelized bananas hot or warm on a dessert plate. Top with a scoop of ice cream or a dollop of homemade whipped cream, sprinkle with chopped nuts, chia seeds, and chocolate chips, or garnish with fruit salad.

How do you caramelize bananas?
Melt butter with a little sugar or honey in a hot skillet, add the sliced bananas in a single layer, and fry for a few minutes on each side until golden and coated in caramel.

What is the difference between caramelized bananas and caramelised bananas?
None. "Caramelized" is the American spelling and "caramelised" is the British spelling for the same recipe.

Can you make caramelized bananas ahead of time?
They are best served fresh and warm, but you can keep leftovers in the fridge for 2 to 3 days and gently reheat them in a pan before serving.

Love banana recipes? Try these next!

  • Moist Banana Bread
  • Pineapple Banana Bread
  • Sugar Free Banana Bread
  • Christmas Banana Bread

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Caramelized Bananas (Easy Recipe)

Caramelized bananas served with ice cream and flaked almonds in a bowl.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Here is an easy caramelized bananas recipe made with simple ingredients in 10 minutes. Learn how to make caramelized bananas to perfection.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Cook Time: 5 minutes
  • Total Time: 10 minutes
  • Yield: 3 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • 3 firm bananas
  • 2 tablespoons (30 g) unsalted butter
  • 2 tablespoons honey
  • 1 tablespoon granulated sugar
  • 1 pinch of ground cinnamon
  • ½ lemon, juice

Instructions

  1. Step 1: Peel the bananas and cut them into long halves, then into 2-inch-thick slices. If desired, cut bananas into slices about ½ inch (1.2 cm) thick, like thick coins.
  2. Step 2: Heat a medium skillet over medium-high heat. Melt butter with honey. Coat the sliced bananas in sugar, then place them in the hot pan. Fry the bananas in a single layer for about 3-4 minutes, shaking the pan occasionally. Check for a golden-brown color with a fork. Carefully flip the bananas over to fry the other side. This will take about 30-60 seconds, depending on the stove.
  3. Step 3: Watch out for caramelization! Once the banana slices are generously coated with caramel, add lemon juice, sprinkle with ground cinnamon, and cook for another 5-10 seconds, shaking the frying pan. Attention: watch out for caramel splashes while adding lemon juice. Don't bend over the pan; protect your hands and arms (it's best to wear long sleeves).
  4. Step 4: Transfer caramelized bananas by sliding them from the pan to a dessert plate. Serve hot or warm with a scoop of ice cream. Expert tip: Once the bananas reach peak caramelization, remove them from the pan quickly to stop cooking and prevent further browning.

Notes

  1. Choose a nonstick pan or a cast-iron skillet to prevent bananas from sticking to the bottom.
  2. Slice bananas into equal-thickness strips or coins to ensure even caramelization.
  3. Make sure the banana slices are not crowded while cooking. If you double or triple the recipe, use a large skillet or cook in batches.
  4. The provided cooking time is approximate and depends on the stove. Frying the second side of the bananas takes much less time than the first, so keep a close eye on the sugar and the bananas to prevent burning.
  5. Do not overcook the bananas, or they will go mushy. Instead, remove them from the heat as soon as they are ready.
  6. Soak the pan in hot water to make cleaning easier.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 caramelized banana
  • Calories: 235
  • Sugar: 30 g
  • Sodium: 3 mg
  • Fat: 8.5 g
  • Saturated Fat: 5.3 g
  • Carbohydrates: 42.6 g
  • Fiber: 3.2 g
  • Protein: 1.4 g
  • Cholesterol: 22 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Easy Caramelized Apples Recipe

Apr 19, 2023 · 1 Comment

Caramelized apples topped with ice cream and caramel in a dessert bowl with a spoon.

Quick Summary: Caramelized apples are apple wedges cooked in butter and sugar until soft and coated in a light caramel. You need only a few ingredients and about 15 to 30 minutes, and they work as a dessert on their own or as a topping and filling for crepes, pancakes, pies, and pastries.

Caramelized apples topped with ice cream and caramel in a dessert bowl with a spoon

What are caramelized apples?

Caramelized apples are apple slices or wedges cooked slowly in butter with sugar until they turn golden, soft, and glossy. The heat brings out the fruit's natural sugars, so the apples stay tender inside while the outside is coated in a light caramel.

They are different from candy or caramel apples, which are whole apples dipped in a hard caramel coating.

Like caramelized peaches, they can be made with or without brown sugar and flavored with streusel, almonds, or cinnamon. They are perfect for garnishing apple turnovers and French crepes, and they are used in apple crumbles, muffins, and apple Tarte Tatin.

What are the best apples for caramelizing?

Firm, slightly tart apples hold their shape best and balance the sweetness of the caramel. Granny Smith, Honeycrisp, Braeburn, and Pink Lady are all good choices.

Softer apples like Red Delicious tend to break down and turn mushy, so it's best to avoid them. If you use organic apples, you can leave the skin on; otherwise, peel them first.

Served caramelized apples with a spoon in a bowl and recipe ingredients around

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Quick and easy. You need only a few simple ingredients (no cornstarch) and about 15-30 minutes.
  • Fun to make. Cooking apples on the stove is simple, so they are great for parties and family cooking.
  • Perfect for the holidays. Caramelized apple slices make a festive dessert for your Christmas and Thanksgiving table.
  • Fully customizable. The recipe works any time of year and is both vegetarian and gluten-free.
  • Endlessly useful. Serve them on their own or use them as a topping for basic crepes, pancakes, ice cream, or pastries.

Ingredients

Caramelizing apples ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Apples: Choose firm apples that hold their shape when cooked. The best apples to use are Golden, Gala, Pink Lady, Pippin Queen, Fuji, Honeycrisp, Jonagold, Crispin, Braeburn, and Granny Smith apples. If you use organic apples, you don't need to peel them. Otherwise, you can peel your apples with a vegetable peeler.
  • Brown sugar is used to make the recipe. Rich in molasses, it brings an additional caramel flavor. Choose light or dark brown sugar for a deeper flavor.
  • Butter: The recipe calls for high-quality, 82% fat-content European-style butter. You can use salted or unsalted butter; it is up to you. But don't replace butter with oil.
  • Ground cinnamon brings a warm flavor to apples. Omit it if desired, or replace it with apple pie spice, allspice, or nutmeg.
  • Salt: A pinch of salt enhances the flavors of caramelized apples. You can use Fleur de Sel if available.
  • Lemon: Lemon juice deglazes the skillet. You can easily replace it with orange juice, apple cider, or balsamic vinegar.

Equipment

To make these caramelized apples, you will need:

  • skillet or saucepan
  • vegetable peeler
  • apple corer
  • knife
  • cutting board
  • wooden spoon or spatula

How to caramelize apples

Step 1: Peel and remove the core using an apple corer. If you use organic apples, don't peel them. Cut apples into quarters, then each quarter in half. If you don't like thick slices, chop the apples into smaller pieces.

Apples cut into slices on a cutting board

Step 2: In a medium skillet or saucepan, melt the butter. Once the butter is well melted, add the apple slices and a cinnamon stick (optional) to the skillet, then sprinkle with brown sugar.

Step 3: Cook apple wedges over medium heat, stirring regularly, until the apple slices are golden and the caramel sauce turns a nice light brown.

Step 4: It usually takes 6-7 minutes, depending on the stove. Sprinkle the apple mixture with ground cinnamon and a pinch of fleur de sel.

Caramelized apples with caramel sauce in a pan

Step 5: Remove the apples, deglaze the pan bottom with lemon juice, and pour the mixture over the apples.

Caramelized apples with caramel and a cinnamon stick in a white bowl

Serve caramelized apples hot, warm, or cold with a scoop of vanilla ice cream. If desired, coat them with the sweet buttery caramelized sauce and garnish with mint leaves.

Caramelized apples with ice cream in a serving bowl

How to make apple flambé

Apple flambé is a fun way to turn caramelized apples into a showy dessert. Once the apples are golden and coated in caramel, pour in a small amount of warmed rum, brandy, or Calvados, then carefully light it with a long match or lighter.

Stand back and let the flames burn off on their own, which takes only a few seconds and leaves behind a deeper, richer flavor.

Always take care when you flambé. Take the pan off the heat before you add the alcohol, keep your face and hands away from the pan, and never pour alcohol straight from the bottle over an open flame. Serve the flambé apples right away while they are still warm.

Expert Tips

  1. Opt for firm apples such as Golden, Gala, Pink Lady, Granny Smith, Pippin Queen, Fuji, Honeycrisp, Jonagold, Crispin, and Braeburn.
  2. Respect the cooking settings to avoid burning the caramel-like sauce.
  3. If the apples are not juicy enough, you may need to add some water.
  4. Add extra butter and sugar for rich layers of flavor and juiciness.
  5. If you double or triple the recipe, use a large skillet or sauté apples in batches.
  6. Add one teaspoon of honey or maple syrup at the end of cooking if desired.

Recipe variations

Try different flavors and textures to add a unique twist to traditional caramelized apples. Incorporate some extra ingredients while caramelizing apples.

  • Apples: Choose different types of apples, red and green, sweet and tart, for the best flavor and taste.
  • Sugar: Use more or less sugar depending on your sweetness preferences. The more sugar is used, the more caramel is produced.
  • Flavorings: Flavor caramelized apples with vanilla extract, orange blossom water, or fresh herbs like thyme or oregano.
  • Add-ins: Add raisins, chopped dried fruits, flaked or slivered almonds, or pine nuts at the end of cooking.
  • Cream: Pour 2 teaspoons (10 ml) of heavy cream at the end of cooking for a richer finish.
  • Alcohol: You can flambé apples with Calvados, Grand Marnier, or apple brandy; pour the liqueur over the apples and flambé like Suzette.

Storing & freezing

Keep caramelized apples in an airtight container in the refrigerator for a week. This lets you prepare them in advance for a party. To serve warm, reheat them quickly in the microwave or a skillet.

Can you freeze caramelized apples? Unfortunately, they don't freeze well and lose their texture when thawed. But you can place them in a freezing bag, seal well, and freeze them for up to 3 months if desired.

What to make with caramelized apples

Caramelized apples are the perfect way to liven up any dish, from savory to sweet and beyond. Let us explore all the ways to use them.

  • Simple dessert: Serve sautéed apples hot with a scoop of vanilla ice cream and a dollop of Chantilly cream or sugar-free whipped cream.
  • Breakfast topping: Caramelized apple topping made with butter and brown sugar, with a hint of lemon, is best served over crepes, cheese pancakes, waffles, and sourdough French toast. You can try apples as a perfect topping on something more unexpected, like French rice pudding, overnight oats, or Greek yogurt.
  • Apple filling: Sautéed apples add a sweet flavor to classic apple pie recipes, crispy puff pastries, and tarts.
  • Accompaniment: Cinnamon apples make a great side dish or addition to savory dishes such as brie, goat cheese, pork chops, and chicken.

FAQ

Are caramel apples the same as caramelized apples?
Caramel apples, or toffee apples, are whole apples with a layer of hard caramel. Caramelized apples are sliced and cooked in a butter-and-sugar mixture until coated in a soft caramel.

What do caramelized apples taste like?
They have a sweet, pronounced caramel flavor, plus cinnamon or other flavorings if you add them.

How do you caramelize apples without sugar?
You can omit the sugar and add a little water for a saucier texture. For the best results, replace the sugar with honey or maple syrup.

How do you eat caramelized apples?
Eat them hot, warm, or cold with a scoop of vanilla ice cream, a dollop of whipped cream, and the cooking sauce. You can also sprinkle the slices with almonds or pine nuts.

How long will caramelized apples keep?
Stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator, they keep for up to a week.

What is the difference between caramelized apples and caramelised apples?
None. "Caramelized" is the American spelling and "caramelised" is the British spelling for the same recipe.

Can you make caramelized apples ahead of time?
Yes. They are best served fresh and warm, but you can keep them in the fridge for up to a week and gently reheat them in a pan before serving.

Love apple recipes? Try these next!

If you are a fan of apple-based recipes, there are more to discover on the blog.

  • Apple Crumble Bread
  • Sponge Apple Cake
  • Apple Mousse Cake
  • French Apple Fritters

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Easy Caramelized Apples

Caramelized apples topped with ice cream and caramel in a dessert bowl with a spoon.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 1 review

Caramelized apples, sautéed in butter and sugar until well coated in caramel, make a simple dessert with a scoop of vanilla ice cream and the best topping and filling for pastries.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Cook Time: 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 20 minutes
  • Yield: 2 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • 2 middle-sized apples (see note #1)
  • 2 ½ tablespoons (35 g) brown sugar
  • 2 ½ tablespoons (35 g) salted butter
  • 1 pinch of ground cinnamon
  • 1 cinnamon stick (optional)
  • 1 pinch of salt or Fleur de Sel
  • ½ lemon, juice

Instructions

  1. Peel and remove the core using an apple corer. Cut the apples into quarters, then each quarter in half.
  2. In a skillet or saucepan, melt the butter. Once melted, add the apple slices and a cinnamon stick (optional) and sprinkle with brown sugar. Cook the apples over low heat for 6-7 minutes, stirring regularly, until the slices are colored and the sauce turns light brown. Sprinkle with ground cinnamon and a pinch of fleur de sel if you like.
  3. Remove the apples, deglaze the pan with lemon juice, and pour the lemon juice over the apples. Serve hot, warm, or cold with a scoop of vanilla ice cream and the cooking sauce.

Notes

  1. Opt for firm apples such as Golden, Gala, Pink Lady, Granny Smith, Pippin Queen, Fuji, Honeycrisp, Jonagold, Crispin, and Braeburn.
  2. Respect the cooking settings to avoid burning caramel-like sauce.
  3. If the apples are not juicy enough, you may need to add some water.
  4. Add extra butter and sugar for layers of flavor and juiciness.
  5. If you double or triple the recipe, sauté apples in batches.
  6. Add one teaspoon of honey or maple syrup at the end of cooking if desired.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 2
  • Calories: 265
  • Sugar: 32 g
  • Sodium: 183 mg
  • Fat: 14.7 g
  • Saturated Fat: 9 g
  • Carbohydrates: 34.1 g
  • Fiber: 2.1 g
  • Protein: 0.4 g
  • Cholesterol: 38 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

4-Ingredient Pan Fried Bananas Dessert

Apr 15, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Pan fried bananas topped with ice cream and black sesame seeds.

Quick Summary: Pan fried bananas are firm banana halves cooked cut-side down in a hot, dry skillet with cinnamon sugar, then finished with honey until golden and caramelized. This 4-ingredient dessert takes about 5 minutes, needs no added fat, and pairs with ice cream, yogurt, or whipped cream.

Pan fried bananas topped with ice cream and black sesame seeds

What are pan fried bananas?

Pan fried bananas are firm bananas sliced in half lengthwise and cooked cut side down in a hot skillet until golden, then caramelized with honey. This version uses no added fat, so you get soft, sweet fried bananas that hold their shape.

They do not turn mushy after cooking. Instead, they stay golden brown on the outside and soft and sweet inside.

The bananas keep their shape for a nice presentation. Serve pan fried honey bananas with a scoop of your favorite ice cream, or try caramelized bananas for another quick option.

Pan-fried bananas with ice cream, sesame seeds, and a spoon on a plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Quick and cheap. This pan fried banana dessert is ready in about 5 minutes with four everyday ingredients, so it is perfect for using up extra bananas.
  • No added fat. The bananas fry in a dry skillet and caramelize in their own sugars plus honey, unlike deep-fried bananas.
  • They hold their shape. Firm banana halves stay intact and turn golden on the outside while remaining soft on the inside, instead of going mushy.
  • Great any time of day. Serve them for breakfast, as a snack, or as dessert with ice cream, yogurt, or Chantilly cream.
  • Easy to vary. Swap honey for maple syrup, add cinnamon, or try caramelized bananas and caramelized apples for more quick fruit desserts.

Ingredients

Pan-fried bananas ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Bananas: Opt for yellow and firm bananas, organic preferred, little green, with single brown spots or without. Avoid overripe bananas, such as those used for moist banana bread. Small or mini bananas are preferred to make this recipe.
  • Sugar: The recipe calls for white granulated or caster sugar. You can replace it with brown or coconut sugar if desired. You can replace white sugar with aromatic vanilla sugar for an unforgettable vanilla twist.
  • Ground cinnamon provides a cozy, inviting flavor for pan fried cinnamon bananas. Ceylon cinnamon is the best for its flavor and aroma. 
  • Raw honey makes crispy caramelized bananas a perfect treat.

Equipment

To make these pan fried bananas, you will need:

  • nonstick skillet or frying pan
  • knife
  • cutting board
  • plate
  • spatula or tongs

How to make fried bananas

The key to perfect pan-fried bananas is using firm bananas that hold their shape during cooking.

Step 1: Wash the bananas and slice them in half lengthwise, keeping the skin on.

Sliced bananas on a plate

Step 2: Heat a frying pan (a nonstick skillet is preferable) over medium-high heat.

Step 3: Pour the sugar and ground cinnamon onto a plate and mix. Place the banana halves cut-side down and let the cinnamon sugar coat the flesh well.

Step 4: When the skillet is hot, place the banana flesh-side down in a fat-free pan and fry over medium heat for 2-3 minutes, until golden brown (photo 2).

Banana halves fried in caramel in a pan

Step 5: Pour in honey and let the bananas caramelize for 30-60 seconds, shaking the pan. Serve honey bananas immediately (photo 3).

Expert tip: Don't let your bananas burn. Get ready to remove them from the skillet.

Fried bananas with caramel and sesame seeds aside

Arrange them on a serving plate with a scoop of vanilla ice cream. Sprinkle with black sesame seeds if desired.

Pan fried banana dessert served with ice cream and sesame seeds

Expert Tips

  1. If you double or triple the recipe, brush the sliced bananas with lemon juice to prevent them from blackening.
  2. If desired, peel the bananas and cut them into lengthwise strips (skin off). Fry them until golden brown, turning once, over low to medium heat for 2-3 minutes per side.
  3. Preheat the pan well before adding the banana slices.
  4. Watch out for banana caramelization once the honey is added. They burn quickly.
  5. Soak the pan in hot water right after cooking; a dash of dish soap helps. 

What to serve with pan fried bananas

Pan fried bananas are best served warm, right from the skillet. Spoon them over a scoop of vanilla ice cream, Greek yogurt, or oatmeal, or add them to basic crêpes and pancakes.

For a lighter finish, top them with sugar-free whipped cream or Chantilly cream. A sprinkle of chopped walnuts, black sesame seeds, or dark chocolate shavings adds crunch.

Recipe variations

With this incredible fried banana recipe, you can make simple variations.

  • Switch out honey for maple syrup for an extra-sweet touch.
  • Top fried bananas with dark chocolate shavings or roasted coconut chips.
  • Sprinkle pan-fried banana dessert with chopped walnuts or almonds for a crunchy touch.
  • Serve with sugar-free whipped cream, Chantilly cream, yogurt, homemade farmer's cheese, or cottage cheese.

Storing & freezing

Pan-fried bananas are best served warm right from the skillet. They aren't supposed to be stored for long. But you can keep the leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for 1-2 days.

To serve warm, reheat them in the microwave at 70% power in 30-second intervals.

Can you freeze fried bananas? Unfortunately, they don't freeze well, and they lose their shape. But you can freeze them for up to 3 months, fried and unpeeled, then use them for smoothies.

FAQ

Can you fry bananas?
You can fry bananas on the stove with or without added fat. Frying brings out their natural sweetness, and a little ground cinnamon and honey turn them into a simple, inexpensive dessert.

Can you cook bananas in a pan?
Yes. The key to cooking bananas in a pan is to use firm, slightly underripe bananas that hold their shape. Cook them cut-side down over medium-high heat until golden.

What are the best bananas for pan frying?
Use yellow, firm bananas that are just ripe, with little to no brown spots. Overripe bananas turn mushy and fall apart in the pan. Slicing them in half lengthwise, skin-on, helps them retain their shape.

Can you pan fry bananas without oil or butter?
Yes. This recipe fries the bananas in a dry nonstick skillet, so they need no oil or butter. The cinnamon, sugar, and honey caramelize on their own, making this a fat-free dessert.

How do you keep fried bananas from getting mushy?
Choose firm bananas, keep the skin on while slicing, and do not overcook them. Fry the cut side down for 2 to 3 minutes, then add honey for just 30 to 60 seconds.

What do fried bananas taste like?
Fried bananas taste sweet and caramel-like, with a warm cinnamon note. If you fry them in butter, they take on a richer, buttery flavor.

Love banana dessert? Try these next!

  • Banana Bread Mini Muffins
  • Chocolate Banana Pecan Cookies
  • Pumpkin Banana Bread
  • Banana Nutella Crepes

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

4-Ingredient Pan Fried Bananas

Pan fried bananas topped with ice cream and black sesame seeds.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Pan-fried bananas are easy and quick. Four simple ingredients are all you need, and they can be made in five minutes. Serve them with a scoop of ice cream.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 3 minutes
  • Cook Time: 2 minutes
  • Total Time: 5 minutes
  • Yield: 2 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale

For fried bananas:

  • 2 firm yellow bananas
  • 2 tablespoons granulated sugar
  • 1 pinch of ground cinnamon
  • 2 tablespoons honey

For serving (optional)

  • ice cream
  • black sesame seeds

Instructions

  1. Wash and slice bananas in half lengthwise, keeping the skin on. Heat a frying pan (a nonstick skillet is preferable) over medium-high heat.
  2. Pour the sugar and ground cinnamon onto a plate and mix. Place the banana halves with the cut side down and let the cinnamon sugar coat the flesh well.
  3. When the skillet is hot, place the bananas, flesh side down, in the fat-free pan and fry over medium heat for 2-3 minutes, until golden brown. Pour in honey and let the bananas caramelize for 30-60 seconds, shaking the pan. Do not let them burn; remove them from the skillet.
  4. Serve honey bananas immediately. Arrange them on a serving plate, with a scoop of vanilla ice cream, and sprinkle with black sesame seeds, if desired.

Notes

  1. If you double or triple the recipe, brush the sliced bananas with lemon juice to prevent them from blackening.
  2. If desired, peel the bananas and cut them into lengthwise strips (skin off). Fry them until golden brown, turning once, over low-medium heat for 2-3 minutes per side.
  3. Preheat the pan well before adding the banana slices.
  4. Watch out for banana caramelization once the honey is added. They burn quickly.
  5. Soak the pan in hot water right after cooking; a dash of dish soap helps. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 2
  • Calories: 167
  • Sugar: 33 g
  • Sodium: 1 mg
  • Fat: 0.3 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0.1 g
  • Carbohydrates: 43.8 g
  • Fiber: 2.7 g
  • Protein: 1.1 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Caramelized Hazelnuts Recipe (Easy and Quick)

Apr 9, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Caramelized hazelnuts in a cup.

Quick Summary: Caramelized hazelnuts are whole-roasted hazelnuts cooked in a sugar syrup until they are coated in a glossy, crunchy caramel. They take about 15 minutes and 3 ingredients, and you can eat them on their own or use them to top cakes, ice cream, and salads.

Caramelized hazelnuts in a cup

What are caramelized hazelnuts?

Also known as noisettes caramélisées in French, these are a classic French confection that turns a plain nut into a sweet, crisp bite. The hard caramel shell gives a snappy crunch, while the toasted hazelnut inside stays rich and buttery.

Unlike a smooth praline paste or a soft candied nut, each hazelnut keeps its shape and coating, so they hold up well as a garnish or a snack straight from the jar.

Cook the hazelnuts in a mixture of sugar and water until caramelized, then add your favorite seasonings, if desired. Once caramelized, let them cool and enjoy.

Caramelized hazelnuts vs. candied hazelnuts

Although the terms are often used interchangeably, they are not the same. Caramelized hazelnuts are coated in smooth, glossy caramel, creating a crunchy, slightly sticky glaze. Candied hazelnuts are coated in caramelized sugar that crystallizes, forming a dry, sugary, crunchy coating.

The same distinction applies to other caramelized and candied nuts.

Caramelized hazelnuts topped with sesame seeds in a marbled cup

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Quick and simple. This stovetop recipe needs only a few basic ingredients and comes together in about 15 minutes.
  • Snack or gift. They are great as a game-day snack, a road-trip treat, or a homemade gift packed in a pretty jar with a bow.
  • Endlessly useful. Use them as a topping for salads, ice cream, and cakes like hazelnut cake; as a decoration for Bûche de Noël; or as an addition to a holiday cheese board.
  • A base for more. Blend them into hazelnut praline paste, or browse more candied nuts recipes for other ideas.

Ingredients

Caramelized hazelnuts ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Hazelnuts: Choose store-bought roasted unblanched or blanched hazelnuts. You can roast raw hazelnuts at home if preferred. Replace hazelnuts with almonds, macadamias, or pecans, as they all work perfectly for this recipe.
  • Sugar: the recipe calls for granulated sugar; replace it with caster sugar if desired. I wouldn't recommend using brown sugar. It caramelizes to a very dark amber, which can make the nuts look burned.
  • Water is used to make caramel.
  • Salt enhances the flavors of caramelized nuts; if available, use French fleur de sel.
  • Butter: Use unsalted or salted butter; if using salted butter, omit salt.

Equipment

To make these caramelized hazelnuts, you will need:

  • thick-bottomed saucepan
  • candy thermometer
  • wooden spatula
  • baking sheet
  • parchment paper or silicone mat

How to make caramelized hazelnuts

Step 1: In a thick-bottomed saucepan, add water and sugar, and heat to 244°F (118°C) (check with a candy thermometer). Remove from the heat, add hazelnuts, and mix them with the hot sugar syrup.

Step 2: Mix nuts with a wooden spatula, stirring continuously until they are evenly coated with sugar. They will appear coated with a white film resulting from sugar crystallization (photo 1).

Step 3: Return the pan to low to medium heat and let the hazelnuts caramelize.

Step 4: Stir continuously and wait until the sugar melts, caramelizes, and starts to coat the nuts (photo 2).

Photo 1: Nuts coated with dry sugar Photo 2: Nuts with caramelized sugar in a pan
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 5: Once the nuts are coated with golden-brown caramel, add the butter and salt, then stir well (photo 3). Then pour it onto a sheet pan or cookie sheet lined with parchment paper or a silicone mat.

Step 6: Using a wooden spatula, spread nuts in a single layer. Sprinkle them with sesame seeds if desired. Let the nuts cool, separating them and the caramel strands as you go (photo 4).

Photo 3: Hazelnuts with caramel in a pan Photo 4: Nuts with sesame seeds on parchment
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Expert Tips

  1. Avoid high heat when making this recipe; medium or low-medium heat is enough.
  2. Keep your eyes on your pan once the sugar-coated nuts start to caramelize: they tend to burn fast.
  3. Be careful working with the caramel nuts: use oven mitts to hold the saucepan and a wooden spatula to mix, spread, and separate caramelized nuts. Don't touch them until they cool down.
  4. If you want to double the recipe, cook in batches: small quantities of nuts tend to caramelize better.
Caramelized hazelnuts with ingredients around

Recipe variations

Candied hazelnuts are a classic snack to enjoy on their own or used to top off a variety of sweet and savory dishes. But why stop at the traditional flavor profile?

These candied nuts are versatile enough to be customized to suit your taste.

  • For a sweet-and-spicy kick, try adding a tiny bit of ground red pepper (aka cayenne) at the end of cooking, or experiment with ground cinnamon or pumpkin pie spice.
  • Add three to four pinches of fleur de sel or flaked sea salt for a salty twist and make these hazelnuts an excellent aperitif.
  • For a tempting texture and an eye-catching presentation, sprinkle still-hot nuts with sesame seeds on parchment paper.
  • To serve, top vanilla ice cream with chocolate sauce and caramelized, chopped hazelnuts: the salty side brings out the sweetness of vanilla and dark chocolate.

Storing & freezing

Store caramelized hazelnuts in an airtight container or a glass jar at room temperature for up to 1 week. Caramel can't stand humidity; that is what makes it melt. So it isn't recommended to store it in the refrigerator. You can freeze it for up to 2 months if desired.

FAQ

How do you caramelize hazelnuts?
Heat sugar and water in a heavy saucepan to 244°F (118°C), stir in the hazelnuts off the heat until coated, then return the pan to low-medium heat and stir until the sugar melts, caramelizes, and coats the nuts in golden caramel.

How do you make caramelized hazelnuts?
Cook the nuts in a sugar-and-water syrup until it melts into a golden caramel that coats each nut in a crisp shell, then spread them out to cool.

How do you make caramelized chopped hazelnuts?
Chop the whole hazelnuts first, then follow the same recipe for caramelized hazelnuts.

Can you make caramelized mixed nuts?
Yes. Use the same recipe for a mix of nuts, such as hazelnuts, almonds, and macadamia nuts.

What can you use caramelized hazelnuts for?
Use them as a topping for ice cream, cakes, and salads, as a decoration for Bûche de Noël, or blend them into hazelnut praline paste.

How do you remove caramelized sugar from a pan?
Fill the pan with water and bring it to a boil to dissolve the residue, or soak it for 15 to 30 minutes, then rinse thoroughly.

Love nut recipes? Try these next!

Start with candied nuts and dive into pastries:

  • Cashew Sans Rival
  • Italian Almond Cake
  • Pistachio Dacquoise With Strawberries
  • Coconut Dacquoise Cake

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Caramelized Hazelnuts

Caramelized hazelnuts in a cup.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Caramelized hazelnuts are easy and fun to make. Enjoy them on their own as a sweet, crunchy snack, or use them to top cakes, ice cream, and salads.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Cook Time: 10 minutes
  • Total Time: 15 minutes
  • Yield: 3 oz. (90 g) 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • ½ cup (100 g) granulated sugar
  • 2 ½ tablespoons (40 g) water
  • 2.7 oz. (75 g) roasted, unsalted hazelnuts (see note #1)
  • 1 tablespoon (15 g) unsalted butter
  • 2 pinches of salt or Fleur de Sel
  • 2 pinches of sesame seeds (optional)

Instructions

  1. In a thick-bottomed saucepan, pour in the water, add the sugar, and heat to medium heat until it reaches 244°F (118°C) (check with a candy thermometer).
  2. Remove from the heat, add the hazelnuts, and mix with a wooden spatula, stirring continuously until they are coated with sugar. They will look coated with a white film from the sugar crystallization.
  3. Bring the pan back over the low-medium heat and let the hazelnuts caramelize. Stir continuously and wait until the sugar melts, caramelizes, and coats the nuts. Add the butter and salt, and stir well.
  4. Then pour the nuts onto a sheet pan or cookie sheet lined with parchment paper or a silicone mat.  Using a wooden spatula, spread nuts in a single layer. Sprinkle them with sesame seeds if desired. Let the nuts cool, separating them and the caramel strands as you go.

Notes

  1. Choose roasted, blanched, or unblanched hazelnuts.
  2. Avoid high heat when making this recipe; medium or low-medium heat is enough.
  3. Keep an eye on your pan once the sugar-coated nuts start to caramelize; they tend to burn fast.
  4. Be careful working with the caramel nuts: use oven mitts to hold the saucepan and a wooden spatula to mix, spread, and separate caramelized nuts. Don't touch them until they cool down.
  5. If you want to double the recipe, cook in batches: small quantities of nuts tend to caramelize better.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 oz. (30 g)
  • Calories: 336
  • Sugar: 3.2 g
  • Sodium: 106 mg
  • Fat: 19.9 g
  • Saturated Fat: 3.8 g
  • Carbohydrates: 37.5 g
  • Fiber: 1.7 g
  • Protein: 4.2 g
  • Cholesterol: 11 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Speculoos Tiramisu With Biscoff Spread

Feb 16, 2023 · Leave a Comment

Assembled speculoos tiramisu in a white dish.

Quick Summary: Speculoos tiramisu is a no-bake twist on the Italian classic, layering coffee-soaked ladyfingers and speculoos cookies with a Biscoff mascarpone cream and a cookie crumble on top. It comes together in about 30 minutes, plus chilling time, and you can make it a day ahead.

Assembled speculoos tiramisu in a white dish

What is speculoos tiramisu?

Known as tiramisu aux spéculoos in French, this dessert swaps the cocoa dusting of a classic tiramisu for the warm, caramelized spice of Lotus Biscoff cookies. If you enjoy the brand's flavor, it pairs well with a Lotus Biscoff cake in any speculoos baking lineup.

A Dutch version made with speculaas cookies is sometimes called speculaas tiramisu, while a festive gingerbread tiramisu, made with gingerbread cookies, is popular around Christmas.

Spooned Biscoff tiramisu on a wooden plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  • No baking needed. This quick no-bake dessert comes together in about 30 minutes, much like a classic Italian tiramisu.
  • Make-ahead friendly. Best prepared the night before, so it is handy for parties and gatherings.
  • Big Biscoff flavor. The Lotus caramel spice pairs well with other treats, like a Lotus Biscoff cake.
  • Easy to adapt. Swap the ladyfingers for these ladyfinger substitutes, and enjoy that it is alcohol-free and egg-free.
  • Loved by everyone. Kids and adults both enjoy it, and it pairs well with a fruity strawberry tiramisu in a glass on a dessert table.

Ingredients

Speculoos tiramisu ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Ladyfingers (sometimes spelled lady fingers) or savoiardi biscuits are classic cookies used to make various tiramisu variations. Opt for Italian ladyfingers from Forno Bonomi, Balocco, or Matilde Vicenzi brands. These are crispy, not cake-style cookies.
  • Biscoff cookies or speculoos biscuits add a spicy, caramel flavor to this speculoos dessert. Read the recipe variations for alternating layers of ladyfingers and Biscoff biscuits.
  • Espresso coffee is the key ingredient of authentic Italian tiramisu. Choose real espresso made with an espresso machine, or pick it up at a local coffee shop. The coffee should be cold before dipping savoiardi biscuits to prevent them from going to mush. If desired, you can sweeten your espresso. For the best tiramisu experience, try to avoid instant coffee.
  • Biscoff spread or speculoos cookie butter, with its unique, rich sweetness, is what you need to whip up the Biscoff whipped cream.
  • Whipping cream: Choose whipping cream with 30% fat content at maximum. It is enough to pair with mascarpone and Biscoff spread to make a stable whipped cream. Try to avoid heavy cream with a fat content higher than 30%.
  • Mascarpone cheese is another key ingredient of classic tiramisu. If you live in the United States, opt for Italian cream cheese from Galbani, Bel Giosi, or Vermont Creamery.

Pro tip: Use extra-fresh eggs and mascarpone (with an extended expiration date).

  • Lotus Biscoff crumble (store-bought) tops the dessert. You can crush speculoos cookies instead.
Speculoos tiramisu featuring layers in a baking dish

Recipe variations & substitutions

  • Use decaf coffee if you want to avoid any caffeine in your tiramisu. Or use fruit juice or milk to dip Lotus and spoon cookies.
  • Replace traditional ladyfingers with Italian pavesini biscuits or gluten-free ladyfingers for those who are gluten-intolerant. Swap Lotus cookies for speculaas or gingerbread cookies.
  • Alternate tiramisu layers in the way you desire: two ladyfinger layers and a layer of biscuits; two speculoos layers and one of the ladyfingers; three layers of speculoos cookies or two ladyfingers.
  • Sprinkle your speculoos tiramisu with Lotus Biscoff crumble. You can also drizzle with warm Biscoff butter if desired. A dusting of cocoa powder is optional.
  • You can experiment with tiramisu cups and serve the dessert individually.

How to make speculoos tiramisu with Biscoff

Step 1: Prepare a strong coffee and cool it in the refrigerator. Choose an 8-inch/20 cm porcelain cake pan or another tiramisu dish of your choice.

Pro Tip: To recalculate the amount of ingredients for a dish you have on hand, please use this simple cake pan calculator.

Step 2: To make Biscoff whipped cream, place the cold whipping cream, cold mascarpone, and Biscoff cookie butter in the bowl of a stand mixer and beat at low speed (photo 1).

Extra Tip: Don't over-whisk the cream; because of the ingredients' high-fat content, it whisks quickly. Watch out for the cream's texture!

Step 3: To assemble speculoos tiramisu, pour the cold espresso into a shallow bowl.

Step 4: Quickly dip the ladyfingers (counting 1, 2, 3) into the coffee and place them in the prepared dish to create a base. Using a serrated knife, cut sponge cookies if necessary. Try to arrange cookies in one direction (photo 2).

Photo 1: Biscoff whipped cream in a bowl Photo 2: Ladyfingers at the pan's bottom
PHOTO 1 POTO 2

Step 5: Top each layer of ladyfingers with ⅓ Biscoff cream, then smooth with the back of a tablespoon or a rubber spatula.

Step 6: Dip speculoos cookies one by one into the cold coffee and arrange the Biscoff layer (cut cookies if necessary) into the pan (photo 3). Cover with another layer of mascarpone cream.

Step 7: Repeat the layer of ladyfingers, then finish with the cream filling. Smooth the surface with a spatula, cover it with plastic wrap, and refrigerate for 3-4 hours.

Photo 3: Biscoff cookies layered over the cream Photo 4: Assembled dessert with cookie crumbs
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 8: Before serving, sprinkle the dessert with Biscoff cookie crumbs or crushed speculoos cookies (photo 4).

Expert Tips

  • Use an electric mixer instead of a stand mixer.
  • Dip one sponge cookie at a time. Count 1, 2, 3 (about 2 seconds) for the best results. You can test the spoon biscuit by dipping it in coffee and bending it in half. The cookie's center must remain somewhat dry. 
  • Place the biscuits face down (flat side down) on the bottom of the dish, though it is up to you.
  • If you choose to sprinkle your dessert with unsweetened cocoa powder, do this before serving.

How to serve speculoos tiramisu

Serve speculoos tiramisu well chilled, straight from the fridge, with an extra dusting of Biscoff crumbs on top. Scoop it into bowls or slice it from the dish, and pair it with a coffee or an espresso to echo the flavors. For a dinner party, spoon single portions into small glasses ahead of time.

Storing & freezing

Store Biscoff Lotus tiramisu covered with plastic wrap in the refrigerator. For best results, make it the night before, or at least 4 hours before serving.

Enjoy the dessert within 24-48 hours. To store leftovers, place them in an airtight container and keep them for no longer than 2 days.

Can you freeze speculoos tiramisu? Yes, absolutely. Wrap the dessert (without crumble on top) in cling film twice, then in aluminum foil, and freeze for 2 weeks. To thaw, let it stay in the fridge for at least 2 hours, then sprinkle with crushed cookies.

Recipe FAQ

Should you serve tiramisu cold?
Tiramisu should be served chilled. After serving, return the remaining dessert to the refrigerator to keep it firm.

What goes well with tiramisu?
A cup of espresso perfectly goes with tiramisu. Passito wines also make an ideal pairing for this dessert, such as Ben Ryé Passito di Pantelleria, Moscato Rosa Schweizer, and Collezione di Famiglia Zibibbo.

Should you cover tiramisu?
Cover tiramisu with plastic wrap or the airtight lid that comes with the dish it is made in.

How long does tiramisu last?
Tiramisu lasts for 24 to 48 hours, depending on the method used to make the dessert (raw eggs or "cooked" eggs).

Can you freeze tiramisu?
You can freeze tiramisu, well wrapped in plastic and aluminum foil, for 2 weeks.

What are speculoos cookies?
Speculoos are thin, crisp Belgian spiced cookies flavored with cinnamon and caramelized sugar. Lotus Biscoff is the best-known brand, and it uses the same dough as Biscoff cookie butter spread.

Is speculoos the same as Biscoff?
Biscoff is a brand of speculoos cookies made by Lotus. So all Biscoff cookies are speculoos, but not every speculoos cookie is branded Biscoff. In this recipe, you can use either.

Love Tiramisu? Try these next!

If you are a fan of the tiramisu dessert, you will want to give authentic Italian tiramisu and other tasty variations:

  • Limoncello Tiramisu
  • Fig Tiramisu In A Cup
  • Tiramisu Torte

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Speculoos Tiramisu With Biscoff Spread

Assembled speculoos tiramisu in a white dish.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Speculoos tiramisu is a no-bake dessert layering coffee-soaked ladyfingers and speculoos cookies with a Biscoff mascarpone cream and a Biscoff crumble on top.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 30 minutes
  • Cook Time: 4 hours (chilling)
  • Total Time: 4 hours 30 minutes
  • Yield: 8 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: Italian

Ingredients

Scale
  • 25 ladyfingers (200 g)
  • 12 Biscoff cookies Lotus (100 g)
  • 1 cup (250 ml) cold espresso coffee

For Biscoff mascarpone cream:

  • 5.5 oz. (155 g) mascarpone cheese, cold
  • 1 ½ cup + 1 tablespoon (370 g) whipping cream, cold
  • ⅓ cup (85 g) Biscoff spread

For decoration:

  • ½ cup (50 g) Lotus Biscoff crumble

Instructions

  1. Prepare a strong coffee and cool it in the refrigerator. Choose an 8-inch/20 cm porcelain cake pan or another tiramisu dish of your choice. Extra Tip: To recalculate the amount of ingredients for a dish you have on hand, please use this simple cake pan calculator.
  2. To make Biscoff whipped cream, place the cold whipping cream, cold mascarpone, and Biscoff cookie butter in the bowl of a stand mixer and beat at low speed. Extra Tip: Don't over-whisk the cream; because of the ingredients' high-fat content, it whisks quickly. Watch out for the cream's texture!
  3. To assemble speculoos tiramisu, pour the cold espresso into a shallow bowl. Quickly dip the ladyfingers, counting 1, 2, 3, into the coffee, then place them in the prepared dish to form the base. Using a serrated knife, cut sponge cookies if necessary. Try to arrange cookies in one direction. Top the ladyfingers with ⅓ of the Biscoff cream and smooth with the back of a tablespoon or a rubber spatula.
  4. Dip speculoos cookies one by one into the cold coffee and arrange a layer of cookies (cut them if necessary) in the pan. Cover with another layer of mascarpone cream. Repeat another layer of ladyfingers, then finish with the whipped cream. Smooth the surface with a spatula, cover it with plastic wrap, and refrigerate for 3-4 hours.
  5. Before serving, sprinkle the dessert with Biscoff cookie crumbs or crushed speculoos cookies.

Notes

  1. Use an electric mixer instead of a stand mixer.
  2. Dip one sponge cookie at a time. Count 1, 2, 3 (about 2 seconds) for the best results. You can test the spoon biscuit by dipping it in coffee and bending it in half. The cookie's center must remain somewhat dry. 
  3. Place the biscuits face down (flat side down) on the bottom of the dish, though it is up to you.
  4. If you choose to sprinkle your dessert with cocoa powder, do this before serving.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 487
  • Sugar: 11.2 g
  • Sodium: 163 mg
  • Fat: 34.6 g
  • Saturated Fat: 19 g
  • Carbohydrates: 35.6 g
  • Fiber: 0.6 g
  • Protein: 5.6 g
  • Cholesterol: 142 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Candied Hazelnuts Recipe (15-Minute Caramelized Nuts)

Sep 13, 2022 · 2 Comments

Candied hazelnuts in a glass jar: Overnight view

Quick Summary: To make candied hazelnuts, cook 1 ½ cups roasted hazelnuts with brown sugar, water, cinnamon, and a pinch of salt in a pan over medium-high heat, then lower to medium and stir constantly until the sugar crystallizes into a crisp coating. This easy stovetop recipe takes about 15 minutes, needs no candy thermometer, and makes about 10.5 oz (300 g) of sweet, crunchy caramelized hazelnuts that are naturally gluten-free, dairy-free, and egg-free.

Candied hazelnuts in a glass jar: Overnight view

What are candied hazelnuts?

Candied hazelnuts are whole roasted hazelnuts cooked with sugar and a little water until the syrup crystallizes into a crisp, sweet coating. Also called caramelized or sugar-coated hazelnuts, they are made on the stovetop in about 15 minutes and are naturally gluten-free, dairy-free, and egg-free.

Sugared hazelnuts in a jar

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Sweet and crunchy, coated in sugar and cinnamon, they pair with both sweet and savory dishes.
  • Perfect topping for ice cream, fruit compote, porridge, brownies, cookies, brioche, or the French dessert Ile Flottante.
  • Also great sprinkled over savory salads with chicken, roasted beets, kale, or Brussels sprouts.
  • A mess-free, easy-to-eat snack for kids and a handy finger food for busy students.
  • Make a thoughtful holiday and hostess gift or a welcome addition to a candy tray.
  • Quick and fun to make on the stovetop in about 15 minutes, with no candy thermometer needed.
  • Naturally gluten-free, dairy-free, and egg-free (made without egg white).

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

Candied hazelnuts ingredients
  • Hazelnuts: use store-bought roasted, unsalted hazelnuts, but raw hazelnuts work too if you roast them yourself first, which takes about 15 minutes. If you live in the States, opt for Oregon hazelnuts. Finally, you can replace hazelnuts with roasted almonds or make the almond-hazelnut mix.
  • Sugar: the recipe calls for brown sugar, but you can replace it with granulated sugar or superfine caster sugar if preferred.
  • Water: use cold or room-temperature water.
  • Ground cinnamon brings warm flavor. You can replace it with ¼ teaspoon of allspice, cardamom, ground nutmeg, ginger, or a pinch of cayenne pepper.

Equipment

To make candied hazelnuts at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • large frying pan or skillet
  • wooden spatula
  • small mixing bowl
  • baking sheet
  • parchment paper
  • marble slab (optional)
  • airtight container or mason jar
  • measuring cups and spoons

How to make candied hazelnuts

Step 1. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.

Step 2. Mix sugar, ground cinnamon, and salt in a small bowl. In a large frying pan, pour in the water and the sugar mixture, then stir with a wooden spatula.

Step 3. Place the pan over medium-high heat. Once the sugar starts to boil and large bubbles form (photo 1), add whole hazelnuts.

Step 4. Immediately lower the heat to medium and stir continuously (photo 2).

Photo 1: Boiling sugar syrup Photo 2: Nuts in a hot sugar syrup
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 5. The sugar syrup will begin to bubble (photo 3) and crystallize, coating the nuts thoroughly (photo 4).

Extra tip: Medium heat and constant stirring help the sugar coat the nuts. If you stop, the sugar will solidify, and the nuts won't be coated.

Photo 3: Boiling sugar and hazelnuts mixture Photo 4: Nuts coated with brown sugar
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 6. Continue stirring until the sugar stops adhering to the hazelnuts; the nuts will be covered with sugar (photo 5).

Transfer hazelnuts to a working surface, marble slab, or prepared baking sheet lined with parchment paper and allow to cool down (photo 6).

Photo 5: Sugar nuts in a pan Photo 6: Sugared hazelnuts on parchment paper
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 7. If any nuts are stuck together, separate them with the wooden spatula while they are warm.

Step 8. Collect the sugar-coated hazelnuts, and place them in an airtight container or a mason jar. Discard the remaining sugar left on the sheet.

Candied hazelnuts on parchment paper

Expert tips

  1. Be careful when making the recipe: protect your forearms by wearing a long-sleeved shirt. Also, don't touch hot sugar syrup with your hands; it will burn on contact with skin.
  2. If you want to double or triple the recipe, make it in batches for an even sugar coating of nuts.
  3. Use paper-based bags, cones, or glass jars to give these nuts as a gift. Avoid using plastic or zip-top bags.

Recipe variations

This candied hazelnuts recipe is a classic, but it is easy to change the flavor with different spices, sugars, and nuts.

  • Plain: leave out the cinnamon to taste the natural flavor of the hazelnuts.
  • Floral: swap the brown sugar for white sugar and replace the cinnamon with a teaspoon of orange blossom or rose water added to the water.
  • Warm spices: use a pinch of pumpkin pie spice for fall or French quatre épices for the holidays.
  • Bold spices: add a little garam masala, Chinese five spice, or a tiny pinch of cayenne pepper for heat.
  • Other nuts: try almonds, macadamias, pecans, or walnuts in place of the hazelnuts.

Storing & freezing

Let the candied hazelnuts cool completely, then store them in an airtight container or mason jar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 64°F (16 to 18°C). They keep their crunch for up to two weeks. Avoid the refrigerator, since its moisture softens the sugar coating.

To keep them longer, freeze the candied hazelnuts in an airtight container for up to 3 months, then let them come back to room temperature before serving.

How to use candied hazelnuts

Once you have a jar of these sweet, crunchy nuts, they add texture and flavor to all kinds of dishes. Here are a few favorite ways to use them:

  • On desserts: scatter them over ice cream, yogurt, fruit compote, or the French dessert Ile Flottante.
  • In baked goods: fold them into brownies, cookies, muffins, or brioche for extra crunch.
  • At breakfast: stir them into overnight oats, porridge, or pancake batter.
  • On savory dishes: sprinkle them over a chicken salad, roasted beets, kale, or Brussels sprouts salad.
  • As a snack or gift: pack them into paper cones or jars for a homemade holiday gift or a party candy tray.

FAQ

What are candied hazelnuts used for?
Use them as a topping for ice cream, yogurt, porridge, and desserts like Ile Flottante, folded into brownies and cookies, or sprinkled over salads with chicken, beets, or Brussels sprouts.

Can you use raw hazelnuts instead of roasted?
Yes. Roast raw hazelnuts first for about 15 minutes, in the oven or a pan, so they develop flavor before you candy them.

Can you make candied hazelnuts without cinnamon?
Yes. Leave out the cinnamon for a plain version, or swap it for allspice, cardamom, nutmeg, ginger, or a pinch of cayenne.

Why are my candied hazelnuts not crunchy?
This usually happens if the heat is too low or you stop stirring, so the sugar does not crystallize. Keep the heat at medium and stir constantly until the coating sets.

Can you use blanched hazelnuts for this recipe?
Blanched hazelnuts are not recommended because the sugar coating does not adhere well to hazelnuts without their skins.

Can you double the recipe?
Cook the hazelnuts in batches for the best results when doubling or tripling. It helps coat the sugar evenly and keeps the flavor consistent.

How long do candied hazelnuts last?
They last up to 2 weeks in a cool, dry place and up to 3 months in the freezer.

Should candied hazelnuts be refrigerated?
No. The moisture in the refrigerator softens the sugar coating and affects their crispiness.

Love hazelnut recipes? Try these next!

  • Hazelnut Flour Cake
  • Hazelnut Praline Paste
  • Floating Islands Dessert
  • Hazelnut Pie

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Candied Hazelnuts

Candied hazelnuts in a glass jar: Overnight view
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

These easy candied hazelnuts are whole roasted hazelnuts cooked with sugar and cinnamon into a crisp, sweet coating. Made on the stovetop in about 15 minutes with no candy thermometer, they are perfect as a snack, a lunchbox treat, a holiday gift, or a crunchy topping for ice cream.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Cook Time: 10 minutes
  • Total Time: 15 minutes
  • Yield: 10.5 oz. (300 g) 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • 1 ½ cups (200 g) roasted hazelnuts
  • ¾ cup (150 g) brown sugar
  • 8 teaspoons (40 ml) of water
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • 1 pinch of salt

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  2. Mix sugar, ground cinnamon, and salt in a small bowl. In a large frying pan, pour the water and sugar mixture and mix with a wooden spatula. Place the pan over medium-high heat. Once the sugar starts to boil and large bubbles form, add whole hazelnuts.
  3. Immediately lower the heat to medium and stir continuously. The sugar syrup will start to crystallize, coating the nuts thoroughly. Extra tip: Medium heat and constant stirring help the sugar coat the nuts. If you stop, the sugar will solidify, and the nuts won't be coated. Continue stirring until the sugar stops adhering to the hazelnuts; the nuts will be covered with sugar.
  4. Transfer the hazelnuts to a working surface, marble slab, or prepared baking sheet lined with parchment paper, and let them cool. If any nuts are stuck together, separate them with the wooden spatula while they are warm.
  5. Collect the sugar-coated hazelnuts, and place them in an airtight container or a mason jar. Discard the remaining sugar left on the sheet.

Notes

  1. Be careful when making the recipe: protect your forearms by wearing a long-sleeved shirt. Also, don't touch hot sugar syrup with your hands; it will burn on contact with skin.
  2. If you want to double or triple the recipe, make it in batches for an even sugar coating of nuts.
  3. Use paper-based bags, cones, or glass jars to give these nuts as a gift. Avoid using plastic or zip-top bags.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 oz. (30 g)
  • Calories: 197
  • Sugar: 15.2 g
  • Sodium: 20 mg
  • Fat: 12.7 g
  • Saturated Fat: 1 g
  • Carbohydrates: 18.1 g
  • Fiber: 1.4 g
  • Protein: 3.4 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Limoncello Tiramisu Recipe (Easy Italian No-Bake Dessert)

Jun 17, 2022 · 3 Comments

Assembled limoncello tiramisu in a white dish.

Quick Summary: To make limoncello tiramisu, soak ladyfingers in a cooled limoncello syrup, then layer them with a mascarpone cream made from pasteurized egg yolks (heated with sugar syrup to 250°F / 121°C) and whipped cream. Chill for at least 4 to 6 hours or overnight, dust with lemon zest, and serve. This no-bake Italian dessert takes about 40 minutes to prepare and serves 8.

Assembled limoncello tiramisu in a white dish

What is limoncello tiramisu?

Limoncello tiramisu (tiramisù al limoncello in Italian) is a no-bake lemon version of the classic Italian tiramisu. Instead of coffee, the ladyfingers are soaked in a bright limoncello syrup, then layered with a rich mascarpone cream made with pasteurized egg yolks and whipped cream.

The result is a creamy, citrusy dessert that is lighter and fresher than traditional tiramisu. If you love these twists, try a tiramisu torte or a fruity strawberry tiramisu next.

Sliced limoncello tiramisu on a dessert plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Make-ahead: it comes together quickly and can be prepared a day or two before serving.
  • Bright and refreshing: the lemon and limoncello give a fresh twist on the classic coffee tiramisu.
  • Perfect for summer: a light, no-bake dessert for warm-weather dinners and gatherings.
  • Made safely: the egg yolks are pasteurized with hot sugar syrup, so there are no raw eggs.

Ingredients

Limoncello tiramisu ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Limoncello is the star of this lemon dessert. Buy a good-quality Italian lemon liqueur or use homemade limoncello. For a less boozy dessert, or one for children, you can use lemon juice instead of the alcohol.
  • Sugar: the recipe calls for white granulated sugar or caster sugar.
  • Ladyfingers, also known as Savoiardi biscuits or cookies, are classic for making tiramisu, but you can use pavesini, too, if you prefer their flavor and texture. The best way to keep your dessert from getting soggy is to buy crisp ladyfingers from Forno Bonomi, Balocco, or Matilde Vicenzi brands.
  • Eggs: the recipe calls for only egg yolks, pasteurized by adding a hot sugar syrup (boiled to 250°F or 121°C ). The recipe doesn't use whipped egg whites like the classic tiramisu recipe.
  • Mascarpone is a famous Italian cheese sold in specialty cheese sections of grocery stores. Choose a full-fat version instead of a low-fat one, and don't confuse it with cream cheese. Be sure to check the expiration date on the mascarpone. The fresher it is, the thicker and creamier this dessert will be.
  • Whipping cream: use your favorite brand with at least 30% fat content or heavy cream with higher fat content.
  • Lemon: choose untreated regular or Meyer lemons to make fresh lemon zest and juice. To make this step easier, use a zester grater and citrus juicer.

Equipment

To make limoncello tiramisu at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • electric hand mixer or stand mixer
  • mixing bowls
  • small saucepan
  • cooking thermometer
  • rubber spatula or wooden spoon
  • whisk
  • zester grater
  • citrus juicer
  • shallow plate for dipping
  • serving dish
  • pastry bag with an Ateco plain pastry tip 809

How to make limoncello tiramisu

Step 1. To make limoncello syrup, bring water and sugar to a boil in a small saucepan and simmer over low heat for 1-2 minutes.

Step 2. Remove from the heat, add the limoncello liqueur and lemon juice, let the syrup cool, and refrigerate.

Step 3. The syrup must be cold from the fridge so the ladyfingers absorb the right amount of liquid.

Step 4. To make the tiramisu cream, whip the whipping cream in a separate bowl with an electric mixer until firm peaks form (use a stand mixer if available). Start on low speed and increase speed while whisking. Refrigerate whipped cream.

Pro tip: Whipping cream, a bowl, and the whisk must be cold. Place the bowl and a whisk in the freezer for a few minutes before you start.

Step 5. Then pasteurize egg yolks. Place egg yolks in a large mixing bowl and lightly beat them with an electric mixer.

Step 6. Place the water and sugar in a saucepan and heat over medium heat for a few minutes, until the sugar dissolves. The syrup must reach 250°F (121°C): use a cooking thermometer.

Step 7. Once the syrup is ready, turn on the electric mixer and pour the sugar syrup into the yolks, whisking constantly at high speed.

Step 8. Whip the preparation for 5-6 minutes until thick and whitish (photo 1). The bowl will cool down while the egg mixture expands.

Extra tip: If the bowl isn't completely cold, put it in the fridge for 2-3 minutes.

Step 9. Add the chilled mascarpone to the egg and sugar mixture and whip at very low speed until creamy and homogeneous.

Step 10. Then gently fold the whipped cream into the mascarpone preparation with slow movements from the bottom up using a large rubber spatula or a wooden spoon (photo 2). Refrigerate the cream until ready to use.

Photo 1: Egg yolks and sugar mixture Photo 2: Tiramisu cream in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 11. To assemble the tiramisu, pour the cooled syrup into a shallow plate. Dip one cookie at a time for 1 second, then turn it over and repeat on the other side. 

Extra tip: Don't soak cookies longer than 1 second per side; oversoaked cookies will result in a soggy dessert.

Step 12. Arrange half the cookies in the first layer, laying them in one direction and following the shape of the serving dish. Cut ladyfingers if necessary to fill gaps (photo 3).

Step 13. Take the tiramisu cream out of the fridge and distribute half of the mascarpone mixture over the cookies (photo 4). Use a spoon, a rubber spatula, or a pastry bag fitted with a large plain tip.

Photo 3: Sponge cookies in a serving dish Photo 4: Layer of mascarpone cream over ladyfingers
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 14. Refrigerate the cream while assembling the second layer of sponge fingers.

Step 15. Add a new layer of moistened ladyfingers to cover the entire surface of the dish (photo 5).

Step 16. To finish the dessert, use the remaining cream from the fridge. Spread it with a spoon or spatula, or decorate the top of the tiramisu with a pastry bag and Ateco plain pastry tip 809 (photo 6).

Photo 5: Second layer of ladyfingers Photo 6: Assembled tiramisu in a dish
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 17. Cover the dish with a lid, plastic wrap, or aluminum foil, and refrigerate for at least 4-6 hours, or preferably overnight.

Step 18. Before serving, use a zester grater to sprinkle the top of the dessert with the grated lemon zest.

Step 19. Cut portions of tiramisù with a knife, clean it between cuts, and serve with a metal serving spatula.

Scooped limoncello tiramisu in a serving dish

Expert tips

  • Don't over-soak ladyfingers. A quick dip of one cookie at a time on each side is enough.
  • Let the egg yolk and sugar mixture cool before adding the cold mascarpone cheese.
  • Use very cold whipping cream and whip it slowly, over about 10 minutes.  
  • Don't overmix the tiramisu cream. When folding in the whipped cream, mix to combine.
  • Let the tiramisu chill for at least 4-6 hours or overnight before serving. If you prefer to eat it immediately to enjoy the crunchiness of the ladyfingers, choose this option.
  • Make tiramisu in advance, up to two days ahead of time. 

Recipe variations

This limoncello tiramisu is easy to adapt. Once you have the base, try one of these variations:

  • Lighter version: replace part or all of the mascarpone with ricotta for a lighter cream.
  • Alcohol-free: swap the limoncello for lemon juice or a lemon syrup to make a kid-friendly lemon tiramisu.
  • Different soak: use milk in place of water in the syrup, or a store-bought lemon syrup mixed with water. For a spiced biscuit version, see this speculoos tiramisu.
  • Extra toppings: dust the top with icing sugar, grated white chocolate, or shredded coconut.
  • White chocolate layer: add a layer of grated or flaked white chocolate over the mascarpone cream.
  • Fresh garnish: finish with lemon curd, lemon slices, candied lemon peel, or crushed ladyfingers. You can also fold in fruit, as in this fig tiramisu.
  • Single servings: assemble in glasses, bowls, or cups instead of one large dish for individual portions.

Storing & freezing

Store limoncello tiramisu covered with plastic wrap or in an airtight container in the refrigerator for 2 to 3 days. Keep it chilled until you are ready to serve, since the mascarpone cream softens at room temperature.

You can also freeze it. Wrap the dessert (without the lemon zest on top) twice in plastic film and once in aluminum foil, and freeze for up to two weeks. To thaw, move it to the fridge for about 2 hours, then sprinkle with fresh lemon zest and serve.

How to serve limoncello tiramisu

Serve limoncello tiramisu well chilled, straight from the fridge, in neat squares scooped onto small plates. It pairs nicely with a shot of cold limoncello, an espresso, or a cup of tea, and works well after a light summer meal. For a prettier plate, add a spoon of lemon curd, a few fresh berries, or a thin slice of candied lemon alongside each portion.

FAQ

What is limoncello?
Limoncello is an Italian liqueur made from lemon peels steeped in alcohol and mixed with sugar syrup. It was first made in Campania, and the best-known versions come from the Amalfi Coast.

Can you make limoncello tiramisu without alcohol?
Yes. Replace the limoncello in the syrup with extra lemon juice or a lemon syrup for a kid-friendly, alcohol-free lemon tiramisu.

Can you use store-bought limoncello?
Yes. A good-quality Italian limoncello works well, or you can use homemade limoncello if you have it.

What are ladyfingers?
Ladyfingers, also called savoiardi, are crisp Italian sponge biscuits. For tiramisu, choose firm Italian-style ladyfingers, since they hold their shape after dipping. If you cannot find them, try one of these ladyfinger substitutes.

How do you make tiramisu not soggy?
Do not over-soak the ladyfingers. Dip them one at a time for about one second per side so they absorb just enough syrup.

How far ahead can you make limoncello tiramisu?
It is a great make-ahead dessert. Assemble it up to two days in advance and keep it chilled, or freeze it for up to two weeks.

Can you make limoncello tiramisu without eggs?
Yes. Skip the egg yolks and fold the whipped cream into mascarpone beaten with powdered sugar. The cream is a little less silky but still light and stable.

Love Italian desserts? Try these next!

  • Torta Elvezia (Almond Dacquoise Cake)
  • Italian Shortbread Cookies
  • Italian Carrot Cake
  • Italian Paradise Cake

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Limoncello Tiramisu

Assembled limoncello tiramisu in a white dish.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 2 reviews

Limoncello tiramisu (tiramisù al limoncello) is an easy no-bake Italian dessert. Crisp ladyfingers are soaked in a bright limoncello syrup and layered with a mascarpone cream made from pasteurized egg yolks and whipped cream. The result is a creamy, citrusy make-ahead dessert that is perfect for summer.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 40 minutes
  • Total Time: 40 minutes
  • Yield: 8 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: Italian

Ingredients

Scale
  • 30 ladyfingers (315 g)

For tiramisu cream:

  • ⅓ cup (75 g) egg yolks (see note #1)
  • ¾ cup (150 g) granulated sugar
  • 3 tablespoons (43 g) water
  • 11 oz. (315 g) mascarpone cheese, cold
  • 1 cup + 4 teaspoons (250 g) whipping cream, cold

For limoncello syrup:

  • 1 cup (235 ml) water
  • 5 tablespoons (75 ml) limoncello
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  • ⅓ cup (60 g) granulated sugar

For decoration:

  • lemon zest

Instructions

  1. To make limoncello syrup, bring water and sugar to a boil in a small saucepan and simmer over low heat for 1-2 minutes. Remove from the heat, add the limoncello liqueur and lemon juice, let the syrup cool, and refrigerate. The syrup must be cold from the fridge for ladyfingers to absorb the right amount of liquid.
  2. To make the tiramisu cream, whip the whipping cream with an electric mixer until firm peaks form in a separate bowl (use a stand mixer if available). Start on low speed and increase speed while whisking. Refrigerate whipped cream. Extra tip: The whipping cream, bowl, and mixer whisk must be cold. Place the bowl and a whisk in the freezer for a few minutes before you start.
  3. Then pasteurize egg yolks. Place egg yolks in a large mixing bowl and lightly beat them with an electric mixer. Place the water and sugar in a saucepan and heat over medium heat for a few minutes, until the sugar dissolves. The syrup must reach 250°F or 121°C (use a cooking thermometer).
  4. Once the syrup is ready, turn on the electric mixer and pour the sugar syrup into the yolks, whisking constantly at high speed. Whip the preparation for 5-6 minutes until thick and whitish. The bowl will cool down while the egg mixture expands. Extra tip: If the bowl isn't completely cold, put it in the fridge for 2-3 minutes. Add chilled mascarpone from the refrigerator to the egg and sugar mixture and whip at very low speed until creamy and homogeneous. Then gently fold the whipped cream into the mascarpone mixture with slow movements from the bottom up, using a large rubber spatula or wooden spoon. Refrigerate the cream until ready to use.
  5. To assemble the tiramisu, pour the cooled syrup into a shallow plate. Dip one cookie at a time for 1 second, then turn it over and repeat on the other side. Extra tip: Don't soak cookies longer than 1 second per side; oversoaked cookies will make the dessert soggy. Arrange half the cookies in the first layer, trying to keep them in one direction and following the shape of the serving dish. Cut ladyfingers if necessary to fill gaps.
  6. Take the tiramisu cream out of the fridge and distribute half of the mascarpone mixture over the cookies. Use a spoon, a rubber spatula, or a pastry bag fitted with a large plain tip. Bring the cream to the fridge while assembling the second layer of sponge fingers. Add a new layer of moistened ladyfingers to cover the entire surface of the dish. To finish the dessert, use the remaining cream from the fridge. Spread it with a spoon or spatula, or decorate the top of the tiramisu with a pastry bag and Ateco plain pastry tip 809.
  7. Cover the dish with a lid, plastic wrap, or aluminum foil and refrigerate for at least 4-6 hours, preferably overnight. Before serving, use a zester grater to sprinkle the top of the dessert with the grated lemon zest. Next, cut the tiramisù into portions with a knife, clean the blade between cuts, and serve with a metal serving spatula.

Notes

  1. 75 g egg yolks, approximately equal to 5 raw fresh egg yolks from medium-sized chicken eggs
  2. Don't over-soak ladyfingers. A quick dip, one cookie at a time, on each side is enough.
  3. Let the egg yolk and sugar mixture cool before adding the mascarpone cheese.
  4. Use very cold whipping cream and whip it up, starting slowly and over 10 minutes.  
  5. Don't overmix the tiramisu cream. When folding in the whipped cream, mix just to combine.
  6. Let the tiramisu chill for at least 4-6 hours or overnight before serving. If you prefer to eat it immediately to enjoy the crunchiness of the ladyfingers, choose this option.
  7. Make tiramisu up to two days in advance. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 606
  • Sugar: 29.9 g
  • Sodium: 85 mg
  • Fat: 36.9 g
  • Saturated Fat: 20.5 g
  • Carbohydrates: 55.1 g
  • Fiber: 0.4 g
  • Protein: 8.5 g
  • Cholesterol: 305 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Sourdough French Toast (Easy 30-Minute Recipe)

May 28, 2022 · Leave a Comment

Sourdough French toast on a white dessert plate.

Quick Summary: Sourdough French toast is a twist on the classic, using tangy sourdough bread soaked in a rich egg, milk, and cream custard, then pan-fried in butter until golden. Cook each side for 2-3 minutes over medium-low heat, and serve with vanilla whipped cream, balsamic caramel, and fresh fruit. Total time is about 30 minutes, and it serves 6.

Sourdough French toast on a white dessert plate

What is sourdough French toast?

Sourdough French toast is a twist on traditional French toast by using sourdough bread, and it tastes even better than you would expect!

Sliced French toast with sourdough

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Imagine your favorite breakfast sandwich upgraded to sourdough French toast that will have you feeling like royalty.
  • Hands down, it is a weekend breakfast staple. It actually comes together pretty quickly, so you can serve it any day of the week.
  • This sourdough breakfast is also perfect for a special occasion. This rich French toast makes the ideal Mother's Day brunch or birthday breakfast.

Ingredients

Sourdough French toast ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Sourdough bread: For the best French toast, use stale bread - leftover sourdough sandwich bread or a baguette - that is one or two days old. Feel free to use homemade sourdough or store-bought. You will need thick slices of bread - about ¾ inch / 2 cm thick.
  • Eggs are essential to make this rich toast. Use 3 large egg yolks or 2 whole eggs.
  • Milk: The recipe calls for whole milk, but you can replace it with skim milk or dairy-free milk (oat milk or almond milk).
  • Cream: Use whipping cream with 30% content or heavy cream with higher fat content.

Pro tip: Purists of French toast don't use cream but milk. Moreover, they use low-fat milk instead of whole milk.

  • Sugar: The recipe calls for white granulated sugar, but you can replace it with golden brown sugar or vergeoise sugar.
  • Vanilla bean brings a lovely flavor to French toast with sourdough bread.
  • Salt: A pinch of salt or French fleur de sel balances the sweetness and enhances the flavors of your toast.
  • Butter makes a difference when frying the sourdough toast. If desired, use coconut oil for cooking.
  • Balsamic vinegar is used to make the balsamic caramel.
  • Mascarpone cheese: As a staple of Italian cuisine, it is often used to stabilize whipped cream.
  • Icing sugar: Make it yourself with a coffee grinder or use store-bought powdered sugar.
  • Fresh mixed fruit is used for serving the toast. You can use any fresh fruit you desire.

Equipment

  • large shallow dish
  • whisk
  • nonstick pan or skillet
  • flexible turner or spatula
  • saucepan
  • stand mixer or electric hand mixer
  • wire rack

How to make French toast with sourdough

Step 1. The day before, take out the sourdough slices and air-dry until stale.

Step 2. The following day, in a large, deep dish with a flat bottom, beat eggs with sugar, then add cream and milk. Dip the sourdough slices in the milk-and-egg mixture and soak for 2 minutes (photo 1).

Step 3. Heat a nonstick pan and make sure it is hot. The bread slices need to start cooking as soon as you place them on the pan surface. Once the skillet is hot, reduce the heat to medium-low and melt a pat of butter in the pan.

Step 4. Fry the first slice of bread in the heated skillet for 2-3 minutes or until golden brown. Then flip it with a flexible turner and cook the other side for 2-3 minutes. Repeat the operation with the remaining pieces (photo 2).

Bead slice in the custard mixture

Photo 1

Two toasts in a frying pan

Photo 2

Pro tip: Don't cook bread too quickly; use medium heat to cook it correctly. To ensure even cooking, cut the butter into small pieces, adding them as you cook to avoid the bread burning.

Step 5. To make balsamic vinegar caramel, pour vinegar and sugar into a saucepan. Cook the caramel over low heat for about 15 minutes until frothy. Remove from heat and let it cool completely.

Step 6. To make the whipped cream, place the stand mixer bowl and the whisk attachment in the freezer for a few minutes. Place the whipping cream, mascarpone, sugar, and scraped vanilla bean seeds in the bowl. Whisk until you obtain whipped cream.

To serve, place a slice of sourdough on the plate, and add a generous spoonful of vanilla whipped cream. Drizzle with the balsamic caramel, garnish with fresh red fruits, and serve immediately.

Pro tip: Make sure the toast isn't hot before garnishing it with whipped cream.

French toasts with sourdough bread

Expert tips

  1. Use thick bread slices; the thin slices tend to fall apart when you soak them.
  2. While French toast is cooked without crust, keep the crust if desired.
  3. Soak each slice in the milk mixture for 1-2 minutes to get a tender result. Sourdough bread soaks up liquid slower than regular bread.
  4. The best way to get golden-brown toast with no sticking is by making sure your pan is fully preheated before cooking.
  5. To keep your toasts warm till serving, place them on a single layer on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper in the oven at 195°F (90°C).

Recipe variations

With the perfect balance of flavors, sourdough bread French toast will have your taste buds dancing. Try adding a flavor to the French toast variation to make it even better.

  • Lemon zest adds an interesting twist on bitter notes; orange blossom water adds floral notes; cardamom seeds and star anise bring punchy flavors.
  • Add a few pinches of ground cinnamon and nutmeg to the milk mixture. But if you are feeling really daring, try adding Grand Marnier liqueur or dark rum.
  • Almond extract makes your French toast really pop, especially when topped with whipped cream and fresh fruit.
  • Replace milk and cream with half-and-half. Then add a scraped vanilla pod to infuse for 30 minutes for an extra aromatic touch.
  • Give your breakfast a tropical twist by using coconut milk and lime zest to make French toast.

Sourdough French toast toppings

Sourdough French toast is best served hot, straight from the pan while the edges are still crisp. The tangy bread pairs well with both sweet and creamy toppings, so you can dress it up or keep it simple.

For a traditional serving, drizzle the toast with maple syrup or top it with whipped cream and fresh red fruit.

You will also love these sourdough French toast toppings:

  • caramelized bananas with fresh berries and a drizzle of maple syrup,
  • Nutella and banana,
  • caramelized strawberries and toasted flaked almonds,
  • chocolate shavings,
  • caramelized peaches with speculoos crumbs,
  • crème fraiche and red fruit,
  • hazelnut praline paste,
  • butter,
  • apple juice reduction,
  • fruit coulis,
  • jam or jelly,
  • maple syrup,
  • peanut butter,
  • lemon curd,
  • orange marmalade,
  • blueberry compote,
  • pear sorbet,
  • caramel ice cream, or
  • or your other favorite toppings.

To bring a twist to your presentation, dip the bread slices on each side in the sugar or shredded coconut once cooked. Then place each piece on a dessert plate with, for example, caramelized bananas on top.

Or cook 2-inch (5 cm )bread cubes instead of slices and dip them in the mixture of brown sugar and chopped hazelnuts. Then skewer on skewers, inserting a strawberry or raspberry between each bread cube.

Storing & freezing

Sourdough French toast is best served right after it is made, but you can keep leftovers in the fridge for up to 3 days. Place pieces of wax paper or parchment paper between the slices, wrap the stack in aluminum foil, and refrigerate.

To reheat, warm the slices in a toaster oven or in a skillet over low heat for a few minutes. Take care not to overcook them, or the toast will turn chewy. Avoid the microwave, as it makes French toast soft and less appealing.

To freeze, let the cooked slices cool on a wire rack for 20-30 minutes, then place the rack in the freezer. Once frozen, transfer them to a freezer bag. You can also wrap each slice in waxed paper, then in aluminum foil, place them in an airtight container, and freeze for up to two months.

FAQ

Can you make French toast with sourdough bread?
Yes. You can use any sourdough loaf or sourdough sandwich bread to make French toast. The natural tang of the sourdough gives this classic dish an even more satisfying flavor.

What is the best bread for French toast?
Thick, sturdy bread works best because it soaks up the custard without falling apart. Sourdough, brioche, challah, and day-old country loaves are all great choices. Slightly stale bread absorbs the mixture better than fresh bread.

Can you use this recipe for another type of bread?
Almost any bread will work for French toast. Brioche, challah, white or whole wheat bread, cinnamon swirl bread, and hearty sourdough loaves all give good results.

How long should you soak bread for French toast?
It depends on the bread. Challah or brioche need only 15-30 seconds, while wheat, multi-grain, or sourdough bread needs 1-2 minutes since it absorbs liquid more slowly.

Why is my sourdough French toast soggy?
Soggy French toast usually comes from soaking the bread too long or cooking it too fast over high heat. Use thick, slightly stale slices, soak them just until saturated, and cook over medium-low heat so the inside sets while the outside turns golden.

How many calories are in a piece of sourdough toast?
An average slice of plain sourdough toast (without toppings) contains about 249 calories.

Looking for breakfast ideas? Try these next!

If you are more of a savory person, you might like Parisian crepes. Also, try these breakfast ideas:

  • Vanilla Dutch Baby
  • Yeasted Blini
  • French Crepes
  • Clatite Recipe (Romanian Pancakes)

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Sourdough French Toast

Sourdough French toast on a white dessert plate.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

No reviews

Sourdough French toast is a twist on traditional French toast, made with tangy sourdough bread, and it tastes even better than you would expect!

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 15 minutes
  • Cook Time: 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 30 minutes
  • Yield: 6 1x
  • Category: No bake desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale

For the toast:

  • 6 slices of stale sourdough bread, about ¾ inch/2 cm thick
  • 3 tablespoons (40 g) granulated sugar
  • ⅓ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (100 ml) heavy cream
  • ⅓ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (100 ml) whole milk
  • 3 large egg yolks
  • 1 pinch of salt
  • 2 tablespoons (30 g) unsalted butter 

For balsamic vinegar caramel: 

  • ½ cup (100 g) granulated sugar
  • ⅓ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (100 ml) balsamic vinegar

For the vanilla whipped cream:  

  • ⅔ cup + 3 tablespoons (200 ml) whipping cream
  • 3.5 oz. (100 g) mascarpone cheese
  • ½ vanilla bean
  • 4 tablespoons (30 g) icing sugar

For serving:

  • 3.5 oz. (100 g) fresh strawberries
  • 3.5 oz. (100 g) fresh raspberries
  • 3.5 oz. (100 g) fresh blueberries

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. The day before, take the sourdough slices out and air-dry until stale.
  2. The following day, in a large, deep dish with a flat bottom, beat eggs with sugar, then add cream and milk. Dip the sourdough slices in the milk-and-egg mixture and soak for 2 minutes.
  3. Heat a non-stick pan. Make sure the pan is hot: the bread slices need to start cooking as soon as you place them on the pan surface. Once the skillet is hot, reduce to medium-low heat and melt a pat of butter. Fry the first slice of bread in the heated skillet for 2-3 minutes, or until golden brown. Then flip it with a flexible turner and cook the other side for 2-3 minutes. Repeat the operation with the remaining pieces. Extra tip: Don't cook bread too quickly; use medium heat to cook it correctly. To ensure even cooking, cut the butter into small pieces and add it as you cook to avoid burning the bread.
  4. To make balsamic vinegar caramel, pour vinegar and sugar into a saucepan. Cook the caramel for about 15 minutes over low heat until frothy. Remove from heat and let it cool completely.
  5. To make the whipped cream, place the stand mixer bowl and the whisk attachment in the freezer for a few minutes. Place the whipping cream, mascarpone, sugar, and scraped vanilla bean seeds in the bowl. Whisk until you obtain whipped cream.
  6. For serving, place a slice of sourdough on the plate, and add a generous spoonful of vanilla whipped cream.  Extra tip: Make sure the toast isn't hot before garnishing with whipped cream. Drizzle with the balsamic caramel, garnish with fresh red fruits, and serve immediately.

Notes

  1. Use thick bread slices; the thin slices tend to fall apart when you soak them.
  2. While French toast is cooked without crust, keep the crust if desired.
  3. Soak each slice in the milk mixture for 1-2 minutes to get a tender result. Sourdough bread soaks up liquid slower than regular bread.
  4. The best way to get golden-brown toast with no sticking is to make sure your pan is fully preheated before cooking.
  5. To keep your toasts warm till serving, place them on a single layer on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper in the oven at 195°F (90°C). 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 522
  • Sugar: 31 g
  • Sodium: 277 mg
  • Fat: 32.1 g
  • Saturated Fat: 18.4 g
  • Carbohydrates: 53.2 g
  • Fiber: 2.6 g
  • Protein: 8.5 g
  • Cholesterol: 201 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Homemade Condensed Milk (How to Make It in 1 Hour)

Apr 15, 2022 · 1 Comment

Homemade condensed milk with a spoon in a jar.

Quick Summary: To make homemade condensed milk, combine 2 cups whole milk with ½ cup sugar in a heavy-bottomed pot, bring to a boil, then simmer over medium-low heat for 1 to 1.5 hours until it thickens and reduces by about half. This easy sweetened condensed milk recipe uses just two pantry ingredients and takes about an hour, no canned Eagle Brand needed. Chill for 12 hours before using.

Homemade condensed milk with a spoon in a jar

What is homemade condensed milk?

Homemade condensed milk is cow's milk that has been slowly simmered with sugar until much of its water evaporates, leaving a thick, sweet, and creamy syrup. It is the same product sold in cans as sweetened condensed milk, only made from scratch with two pantry ingredients and no additives.

The result is smooth, pourable, and lightly caramel in flavor, sweet without being overpowering. You don't need any special tools or appliances, just a heavy-bottomed pot and a whisk, so it comes together with things you already have at home.

Sweetened condensed milk in a glass jar: Overhead view

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Just two ingredients: milk and sugar, both pantry staples you likely already have.
  • Faster than most methods: it takes about an hour of gentle simmering, not the 2 to 3 hours many recipes call for.
  • Smooth and creamy: it tastes rich straight from the jar, with a natural dairy flavor and a hint of caramel.
  • No cans needed: skip the store-bought Eagle Brand and make a fresher, more natural version at home.
  • Endlessly useful: stir it into coffee, tea, or hot chocolate, or use it in crepes, cakes, coconut macaroons, condensed milk cookies, and dulce de leche.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Milk: Use whole milk with at least 2.5% fat, ideally 3.2%; avoid low-fat milk. For a richer result, replace some of the milk with 10-35% fat cream, including heavy cream. Fresh milk and cream give the best results. You can also add milk powder to whole milk or use goat milk. I haven't tested plant-based milks such as almond or oat, so I can't recommend them.
  • Sugar: Use granulated or caster sugar. More sugar will thicken the condensed milk faster but make it sweeter. Avoid brown sugar, as its molasses can cause the milk to curdle.

Equipment

To make condensed milk at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • wide, heavy-bottomed pot or saucepan with high walls
  • hand whisk or heat-resistant spatula
  • fine-mesh sieve
  • clean glass jar such as a mason jar

Use a deep pot, since the milk rises as it boils. As a rule of thumb, use about 2.5 liters of cookware for every half liter of liquid.

How to make condensed milk

Step 1. Pour fresh milk into a heavy-bottomed pot and set it over low to medium heat. Once the liquid is slightly warm, add the sugar and stir until it dissolves (photo 1).

Pro tip: If the milk isn't fresh (it often takes more than 24 hours to reach store shelves), add the baking soda at this point to keep the milk from curdling.

Step 2. Bring the mixture to a boil. As it cooks, foam will form on the sides of the pot; scrape it back into the milk.

Step 3. Reduce the heat to medium-low and gently simmer the mixture for 1-1.5 hours, stirring constantly with a hand whisk or a heat-resistant spatula.

Step 4. As the water in the milk slowly evaporates, the mixture thickens from a syrupy consistency to a creamy texture. Its volume will drop by at least half, ideally to about a third of the original (photo 2).

Milk sugar mixture in a saucepan

Photo 1

Cooked condensed milk in a saucepan

Photo 2

Step 5. The finished condensed milk has a creamy yellow tint. Pass it through a fine-mesh sieve to remove any lumps.

Pro tip: Judge doneness by appearance and flavor. The milk takes on a slight caramel taste, and the longer you cook it, the thicker, darker, and sweeter it becomes.

Step 6. Let it cool to room temperature, stirring occasionally to keep a skin from forming on top.

Step 7. Refrigerate for 12 hours to thicken the condensed milk. If needed, remove any milk foam with a teaspoon.

Step 8. If the chilled condensed milk still seems too liquid, add 2 oz. (60 g) of sugar and cook it again.

Step 9. Stir constantly until it begins to thicken. As soon as it reaches the right consistency, remove it from the heat.

A teaspoon with sweet condensed milk over the lid

Expert tips

  1. Stir the milk constantly while cooking to prevent excessive foaming and burning.
  2. To make the finished condensed milk more homogeneous, blend or whisk it.
  3. Use an ice bath (if desired) to cool the finished product faster.

Recipe variations

  • Vanilla: stir ½ teaspoon of vanilla extract (or a sachet of vanilla sugar) into the finished condensed milk, whisk, and pass through a fine-mesh sieve.
  • Chocolate: sift in two teaspoons of cocoa powder at the end and stir for about a minute for a chocolate version.
  • Richer texture: replace some or all of the milk with cream (10 to 35% fat) for a thicker, creamier result.
  • Dairy-free: use canned coconut milk in place of cow's milk for a coconut condensed milk.
  • Other methods: the same milk-and-sugar base can be cooked in the oven or a slow cooker, though both take 2 to 3 hours rather than about an hour on the stovetop.

A note on baking soda: if your milk isn't very fresh, it can curdle during the long simmer. To prevent this, add a small pinch of baking soda (about half a dessert spoon per liter) once the milk starts to boil. You won't taste it in the finished product. Note that sugar-free sweeteners such as stevia, xylitol, and Splenda do not work in this recipe.

Storing & freezing

Store homemade condensed milk in a clean, sterilized glass jar, such as a mason jar, with a lid. It keeps in the refrigerator for up to a month.

To keep it fresh longer, don't leave the jar out of the fridge for long, and always scoop with a clean, dry spoon.

You can also freeze condensed milk for up to 3 months. To thaw, let it come to room temperature for a couple of hours.

Recipe FAQ

How do you make condensed milk at home?
Combine whole milk and sugar in a heavy-bottomed pot, bring to a boil, then simmer over medium-low heat for 1 to 1.5 hours, stirring constantly, until the mixture thickens and reduces by about half. Cool it, then chill for 12 hours before using.

How long does it take to make condensed milk?
On the stovetop, it takes about an hour of simmering, not the 2 to 3 hours many recipes suggest. Plan for another 12 hours of chilling so it can fully thicken.

Why isn't my homemade condensed milk thickening?
Condensed milk thickens as water evaporates, so it usually just needs more time over gentle heat. It also thickens further as it cools and chills, so let it rest in the fridge for 12 hours before deciding it's too thin. If it's still runny, return it to the pot with a little extra sugar and simmer, stirring constantly, until it coats the back of a spoon.

How big is a can of sweetened condensed milk?
Canned sweetened condensed milk comes in several sizes, from a standard 396 g (14 oz) can down to small 100 g (3.5 oz) sachets.

Are sweetened condensed milk and evaporated milk the same?
No. The main difference is sugar: sweetened condensed milk has added sugar, while evaporated milk does not.

Is sweetened condensed milk the same as condensed milk?
Yes, the two names refer to the same product.

Can you make condensed milk with coconut milk?
Yes. For a dairy-free version, use canned coconut milk in place of cow's milk and follow the same method.

What can I use if I don't have condensed milk?
You can substitute cream of coconut or whipped cream, or stir powdered milk into water. These work in some recipes but not all, so the best option is to make your own from just milk and sugar.

When do you add baking soda to condensed milk?
Add a small pinch of baking soda once the milk starts to boil, and only if your milk isn't very fresh. It helps prevent curdling during the long simmer, and you won't taste it in the finished product.

Love easy dessert recipes? Try these next!

  • Nougatine Recipe
  • French Hot Chocolate
  • Ottolenghi's Eton Mess
  • Dark Chocolate Terrine

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Homemade Condensed Milk

Homemade condensed milk with a spoon in a jar.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 1 review

Learn how to make sweetened condensed milk at home with just two ingredients. This easy homemade condensed milk simmers on the stovetop in about an hour, turning milk and sugar into a thick, creamy, lightly caramel syrup, no cans required.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 15 minutes
  • Cook Time: 1 hour 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 1 hour, 30 minutes
  • Yield: 7 oz. (200 g) 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American

Ingredients

Scale
  • 2 cups + 2 ½ tablespoons (500 ml) whole milk
  • ½ cup (110 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 good pinch of baking soda (optional)

*If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. Pour fresh milk into a heavy-bottomed pot and set it over low to medium heat. Once the liquid is slightly warm, add the sugar. Mix until sugar dissolves.
  2. Bring the mixture to a boil. During cooking, the foam will form; scrape it from the sides back into the milk. Expert tip: if the milk isn't fresh (it usually takes longer than 24 hours to reach the supermarket shelf), add baking soda at this moment to prevent the milk from curdling. Reduce the heat to medium-low and, stirring constantly with a hand whisk or heat-resistant spatula, simmer the mixture for 1-1.5 hours.
  3. The water content of the milk will slowly evaporate. As a result, the milk will thicken, going from a syrupy consistency to a creamy texture. Its volume will drop by at least half, ideally to about a third of the original.  The final product has a creamy yellow tint. Pass it through a fine-mesh sieve to remove possible lumps. Expert tip: Check the condensed milk's readiness by appearance and flavor. You will feel a slight caramel flavor. Also, the longer you cook the milk, the thicker, darker, and sweeter it will be.
  4. Let it cool to room temperature. To prevent condensed milk from forming a layer on top, cool it while stirring occasionally. Refrigerate for 12 hours to thicken. If necessary, remove the milk foam with a teaspoon.
  5. If the cooled, condensed milk seems still liquid, add 2 oz. (60 g) of sugar and cook it again. Stir constantly until the milk begins to thicken. Remove it from the heat as soon as it reaches the right consistency. Let it cool to room temperature, then refrigerate.

Notes

  1. Stir the milk constantly while cooking to prevent excessive foaming and burning.
  2. To make the finished condensed milk more homogeneous, beat it with a blender or whisk.
  3. Use an ice bath (if desired) to cool the finished product faster.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 tablespoon
  • Calories: 72
  • Sugar: 13.7 g
  • Sodium: 37 mg
  • Fat: 1.7 g
  • Saturated Fat: 1 g
  • Carbohydrates: 13.3 g
  • Fiber: 0 g
  • Protein: 1.6 g
  • Cholesterol: 5 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Original Tiramisu Recipe (Authentic Italian Dessert)

Mar 22, 2022 · 3 Comments

Slice of original tiramisu on a dessert plate with a fork.

Quick Summary: To make original tiramisu, whip egg whites with half the sugar to stiff peaks, whisk the yolks with the remaining sugar until pale, then fold both into mascarpone loosened with Marsala. Dip ladyfingers in cold espresso, layer them with the cream, and chill for at least 4 hours. Dust with cocoa before serving. This no-bake Italian dessert takes about 20 minutes to prepare and serves 6.

Slice of original tiramisu on a dessert plate with a fork.

What is authentic Italian tiramisu?

Original tiramisu is a no-bake Italian dessert made with raw eggs, mascarpone cheese, strong espresso, sweet Marsala wine, and cocoa powder. Ladyfingers are dipped in coffee, layered with a light mascarpone cream, chilled, and dusted with bitter cocoa. This authentic version, sometimes called the true Italian grandma's tiramisu, keeps the classic recipe simple and rich.

Almost every household and pastry chef in Italy has its own version. Recipes vary widely: with egg yolks only, with whipped egg whites, with tempered eggs, with or without whipped cream, and with or without alcohol.

This recipe is the traditional Italian grandma's tiramisu, made with raw eggs, sweet Marsala wine, and Italian mascarpone.

Best of all, it is a no-bake dessert that comes together in about 20 minutes.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Authentic and classic: the true Italian recipe with Marsala, mascarpone, and raw eggs.
  • No-bake and quick: just 20 minutes of prep, then the fridge does the work.
  • Rich yet light: whipped eggs make the mascarpone cream airy, not heavy.
  • Make-ahead: it tastes even better after chilling overnight.
  • Crowd-pleaser: a timeless dessert loved around the world.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Espresso: Use freshly brewed espresso from an espresso machine or your local coffee shop. Strong, high-quality coffee also works, but avoid instant coffee. Use decaf if you prefer.
  • Italian ladyfingers: Use crisp, dry savoiardi, not soft cake-style ladyfingers. I recommend brands such as Forno Bonomi, Balocco, or Matilde Vicenzi. You can find them at many grocery stores or online. For a gluten-free tiramisu, use gluten-free ladyfingers.
  • Eggs: Use pasteurized eggs at room temperature, since the eggs are not cooked. Choose very fresh eggs with a long use-by date. If pasteurized eggs are not available, you can pasteurize them yourself.
  • Sugar: granulated sugar, caster sugar, or baker's sugar.
  • Mascarpone cheese: Use fresh mascarpone with a long expiration date; fresher mascarpone will give you a thicker cream. In the United States, Galbani, BelGioioso, and Vermont Creamery are good options. Cream cheese can be used in a pinch, but the flavor and texture will be different.
  • Marsala: the key to the authentic tiramisu. If you don't want any alcohol, omit this ingredient. 
  • Unsweetened cocoa powder

Equipment

To make original tiramisu at home, gather these basic tools before you start:

  • electric hand mixer or stand mixer
  • mixing bowls
  • egg separator
  • rubber spatula
  • fine-mesh sieve
  • serrated knife
  • 8-inch (20 cm) square baking dish
  • shallow bowl for dipping

How to make original tiramisu

Step 1. Prepare the coffee and cool it in the refrigerator. Using an egg separator, separate the egg whites from the yolks.

Pro tip: Make sure to clean eggs with a dry cloth (not by washing), crack them on a flat surface (not on the edge of the bowl), and wash your hands before and after touching them. While separating egg whites from the yolks, ensure that they are never in contact with the external part of the shell.

Make the tiramisu cream

Raw whipped egg whites in a bowl.

Step 2. To make the tiramisu mascarpone cream, in a clean medium bowl, whip the raw egg whites and half the sugar with an electric mixer until stiff peaks.

Beaten egg yolks with sugar in a bowl.

Step 3. In a separate bowl, whisk the raw egg yolks with the remaining sugar at medium-high speed for about 5 minutes. The mixture will whiten and double in volume. The sugar must dissolve, and the mixture should fall heavily from a spoon.

Mascarpone cream in a bowl.

Step 4. In a large mixing bowl, loosen the cold mascarpone (right from the fridge) with a fork, add Marsala, and whip until creamy. Pour the egg yolk mixture into the cheese mixture and mix gently with a rubber spatula. Take your time to combine ingredients well from the bottom to the top.

Tiramisu mascarpone cream in a bowl.

Step 5. Add the whipped egg whites in three additions once the mascarpone mixture is homogeneous. Always mix gently from the bottom up to avoid deflating the cream.

Assemble the tiramisu

Step 6. To assemble the tiramisu, pour the cold espresso into a shallow bowl or dish.

Coffee-soaked ladyfingers in a glass dish.

Step 7. Quickly dip the ladyfingers (1 to 2 seconds) in the coffee and place them in an 8-inch (20 cm) square baking dish to create a base. Cut ladyfingers with a serrated knife to avoid creating spaces at the bottom of the dish. Also, try to arrange cookies in one direction.

Assembled Italian tiramisu in a glass dish.

Step 8. Using a spoon, add an even layer of half of the mascarpone filling. Cover it with the second layer of soaked sponge fingers and another half of the mascarpone mixture. Make a decorative pattern if desired.

Pro tip: Alternatively, place the cookies at the bottom of the bowl and brush on the coffee. This trick controls how much coffee gets on the ladyfingers.

Step 9. Cover the dish with a lid, plastic wrap, or aluminum foil and refrigerate for 4 to 12 hours.

To serve, use a fine-mesh sieve to dust cocoa powder (make a light veil) over the top of the tiramisu. Serve it well chilled.

Slice the tiramisu into servings with a sharp knife, cleaning the blade between cuts, or scoop it onto plates. A metal serving spatula helps remove the slices.

Marsala tiramisu sprinkled with cocoa powder in a glass dish.

Expert tips

  1. Cool the coffee in the fridge before dipping the cookies: it prevents cookies from going to mush. It must be unsweetened since the tiramisu is sweet, but you can sweeten it according to your desired taste.
  2. Dip the cookies one at a time. Don't dip ladyfingers longer than 2 seconds to prevent them from getting too soaked and crushed. To test, dip one cookie and bend it in half; the center should still be somewhat dry. Remember: too much liquid soaked will result in a mushy dessert!
  3. Try a crisscross with ladyfingers in layers: they will look pretty when you cut them. Or opt for a single layer of cookies and a cream layer if desired.
  4. Place biscuits face down (flat side) against the bottom of the dish to keep the tiramisu authentic.
  5. Chill the tiramisu for at least a couple of hours; 3 to 4 hours or overnight is best.
  6. Don't sprinkle cocoa powder before refrigerating the tiramisu cake: cocoa powder will darken as it soaks into the mascarpone cream. Sprinkle icing sugar before applying cocoa powder if you want your tiramisu to remain presentable over the hours.
  7. Store leftover tiramisu, covered with cling film, in the fridge.
  8. With leftover egg whites, make French financiers or coconut macaroons.
  9. Attention: classic tiramisu is made with raw eggs, which could be unsafe, especially for kids and pregnant women. To enjoy this treat without worrying about safety issues, make tiramisu with pasteurized eggs ("cooked" eggs) or an eggless version.

Marsala substitute for tiramisu

While sweet Marsala wine is traditional for making original tiramisu, you can also use

  • cognac,
  • dark rum,
  • brandy,
  • whiskey,
  • Amaretto,
  • Irish cream,
  • Grand Marnier,
  • coffee liqueur Kahlua,
  • Tia Maria,
  • Disaronno, or
  • vanilla extract.

Recipe variations

  • Ladyfinger substitutes: Try one of 27 ladyfinger substitutes like pavesini biscuits, pink champagne biscuits, shortbread cookies, Oreos, slices of pandoro, sponge cake, or even French toast. Or use speculoos cookies to make speculoos tiramisu.
  • Coffee replacement: Dip spoon cookies in milk, fruit juice (for example, red fruit, pineapple, orange, etc.), or a mix of equal amounts of maple syrup and water.
  • One more tiramisu layer: Add a layer of Nutella, lemon curd, fruit confit, fresh fruit, caramelized bananas, grated chocolate, or coffee over the soaked biscuits.

Storing & freezing

Store original tiramisu in the refrigerator, tightly covered with a lid or plastic wrap. Because it is made with raw eggs, enjoy it within 24 hours. If you use pasteurized or cooked eggs (heated to 250°F / 121°C), you can keep it for up to 2 days.

To freeze, wrap the dessert (without the cocoa powder) twice in plastic film and then in aluminum foil, and freeze it for up to two weeks.

To thaw, move it to the fridge for about 2 hours, then dust with cocoa powder and serve.

FAQ

Do you need Marsala in tiramisu?
No, Marsala is optional, but sweet Marsala wine is traditional and adds depth to the mascarpone cream. You can leave it out or swap it for another liquor.

What can I use instead of Marsala wine?
Good substitutes include dark rum, brandy, cognac, Amaretto, coffee liqueur, or, for an alcohol-free version, a little vanilla extract.

How do you pronounce tiramisu?
The word comes from the Treviso dialect and is pronounced tee-ruh-mee-soo. It was Italianized to tiramisù in the second half of the 20th century.

Where does tiramisu come from?
Tiramisu comes from Treviso, in the Veneto region of northeastern Italy. Modern versions were popularized in restaurants from the late 1960s, and the recipe was codified at the Le Beccherie restaurant in the early 1970s.

What does tiramisu mean?
Tiramisù blends the Italian words for "pull me" and "up," so it means "pick me up" or "cheer me up."

Can you make tiramisu without eggs?
Yes. Eggless tiramisu replaces the raw eggs in the cream, often with whipped cream, though the ladyfingers themselves still contain egg.

What is the difference between original and traditional tiramisu?
They are essentially the same dessert. Both use the classic Italian method with raw eggs, mascarpone, coffee-soaked ladyfingers, and cocoa. Some recipes add Marsala or another liqueur, while stricter versions skip the alcohol, but the core stays the same.

What is the difference between Italian and American tiramisu?
Authentic Italian tiramisu uses whipped raw eggs to make the mascarpone cream light and airy. American versions often skip the eggs and fold in whipped heavy cream instead, which gives a thicker, more stable filling but a slightly different taste and texture.

Love tiramisu desserts? Try these next!

  • Fig tiramisu
  • Lemon tiramisu
  • Tiramisu torte (made with "cooked" eggs)
  • Speculoos tiramisu

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Classic Tiramisu With Marsala and Mascarpone

Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 2 reviews

This original tiramisu is the authentic Italian recipe, made with whipped raw eggs, creamy mascarpone, sweet Marsala wine, and ladyfingers dipped in strong espresso. Finished with a dusting of bitter cocoa, this no-bake dessert needs just 20 minutes of prep and serves 6.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 20 minutes
  • Total Time: 20 minutes
  • Yield: 6 1x
  • Category: Cakes
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: Italian

Ingredients

Scale
  • 24 ladyfingers (250 g)
  • 3-4 espresso cups of cold espresso
  • 17.6 oz. (500 g) cold mascarpone
  • 4 large egg yolks, room temperature
  • 2 large egg whites, room temperature
  • ½ cup (100 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 tablespoon Marsala
  • 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa powder

*Don't you have the correct baking pan on hand right now? Try this simple Cake Pan Converter!

** If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. Prepare the coffee and cool it in the refrigerator. Using an egg separator, separate the egg whites from the yolks.
  2. In a clean medium bowl, whip the egg whites with half of the sugar with an electric mixer until stiff peaks form.
  3. In a separate bowl, whisk the egg yolks with the remaining sugar at medium-high speed for about 5 minutes, until the mixture whitens and doubles in volume. The sugar should be dissolved, and the mixture should fall heavily from a spoon.
  4. In a large mixing bowl, loosen the cold mascarpone with a fork, add the Marsala, and whip until creamy. Pour in the egg yolk mixture and fold gently with a rubber spatula from the bottom up.
  5. Once the mascarpone mixture is smooth, fold in the whipped egg whites in three additions, mixing gently to avoid deflating the cream.
  6. Pour the cold espresso into a shallow bowl. Dip the ladyfingers for 1 to 2 seconds and arrange them in one layer in an 8-inch (20 cm) square dish, cutting them to fill any gaps.
  7. Spread half of the mascarpone cream over the ladyfingers. Add a second layer of dipped ladyfingers, then top with the remaining cream.
  8. Cover the dish with a lid, plastic wrap, or aluminum foil, and refrigerate for 4 to 12 hours.
  9. Before serving, dust the top with a light veil of cocoa powder using a fine-mesh sieve. Serve well chilled, slicing with a sharp knife (cleaned between cuts) or scooping onto plates.

Notes

  1. Sweeten the coffee according to your taste if desired.
  2. Dip the cookies one at a time. Don't soak ladyfingers longer than 2 seconds to prevent them from getting too soaked and crushed. To test, dip one cookie and bend it in half; the center should still be somewhat dry. Remember: too much liquid soaked will result in a mushy dessert!
  3. Try a crisscross with ladyfingers in layers: they will look pretty when you cut them.
  4. If desired, you can opt for a single layer of cookies and a cream layer.
  5. The sign of tiramisu authenticity is placing biscuits face down (flat side) against the bottom of the dish. It is up to you to follow this rule.
  6. Before serving, chill for at least a couple of hours; 3 to 4 hours is better.
  7. Don't sprinkle cocoa powder before refrigerating the tiramisu cake: cocoa will darken as it soaks into the mascarpone cream.
  8. If you want your tiramisu to stay presentable for hours, sprinkle icing sugar before applying cocoa powder.
  9. Store leftover tiramisu, covered with cling film, in the fridge.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 617
  • Sugar: 16.9 g
  • Sodium: 124 mg
  • Fat: 42.3 g
  • Saturated Fat: 23.2 g
  • Carbohydrates: 43.1 g
  • Fiber: 1 g
  • Protein: 7.9 g
  • Cholesterol: 349 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Candied Carrots (Easy Carrot Cake Garnish)

Mar 19, 2022 · 1 Comment

Carrot topping in a cup.

Quick Summary: Candied carrots are thin carrot strips, ribbons, or curls that are boiled, then simmered in a simple sugar syrup, dried low in the oven at 175°F (80°C), and rolled in powdered sugar. They make a glossy, sweet, edible garnish for carrot cake, cupcakes, and muffins and need just three ingredients.

Carrot candies on a black dessert plate

What are candied carrots?

Candied carrots are thin strips, ribbons, or curls of carrot simmered in sugar syrup until they turn glossy, sweet, and slightly chewy. Dusted with powdered sugar, they make a bright, edible garnish for carrot cake, cupcakes, and muffins, and they work just as well as a fun snack on their own.

This candied carrot recipe is a shorter, adapted version of the traditional Greek sweet carrot spoon dessert (Γλυκό του κουταλιού καρότο).

Why you'll love this recipe

  • This easy recipe includes step-by-step photos.
  • Made with minimal ingredients, candied carrots add color, crunch, and sweet carrot flavor to your desserts.
  • These are perfect as a garnish or a fun snack for all ages.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Carrots: Use fresh carrots (not soft ones). Choose bright-colored, juicy, sweet whole carrots as evenly as possible. Baby carrots are not a great choice for making carrot strips.
  • Sugar: Use granulated or caster sugar.
  • Powdered sugar: Use store-bought powdered sugar or homemade icing sugar (use a coffee grinder to make it yourself).

Equipment

  • vegetable peeler
  • julienne peeler or mandoline
  • sharp knife
  • saucepan
  • slotted spoon
  • colander
  • baking sheet
  • parchment paper

How to make candied carrots

  • Step 1. Wash carrots with a brush, trim the tops, and peel using a vegetable peeler.
  • Step 2. Cut carrots into thin strips using a knife, julienne peeler, or mandolin.
  • Step 3. Boil 1 liter of water with carrots until soft. Drain. Boil 100g of water and sugar, add carrots, and cook for 5 minutes. Let soak for 5 minutes, then drain.
  • Step 4. Preheat oven to 175°F (80°C). Spread carrots on a parchment-lined baking sheet and dry for 1.5-2 hours. Optionally, dry overnight at room temperature.
  • Step 5. Let carrots cool, then roll in powdered sugar.
Candied carrots in a cup: Overhead view

Expert tips

  1. Please don't use cooking spray on the parchment paper; it is unnecessary.
  2. If your oven doesn't support the low temperature, you can dry your carrots overnight or longer.
  3. To make candied carrot curls (aka curling carrot ribbons), cut the vegetables into long, thin strips and cook according to the recipe. While drying the carrots, wrap the carrot strips around the handle of a wooden spoon or stick halfway through the process. Finish drying them in the oven. 

Recipe variations

You can shape and flavor candied carrots in several ways:

  • Carrot curls or twists: Wrap the warm strips around a wooden spoon handle or a stick partway through drying, then finish drying so they hold the curl.
  • Carrot ribbons: Use a vegetable peeler to shave wide, thin ribbons instead of julienne strips for a softer, more delicate garnish.
  • Slices, cubes, or sticks: Cut carrots into rounds, cubes, or short sticks and cook a little longer to reduce the syrup, then dry as usual.
  • Sugar-free: Simmer the carrot pieces in freshly squeezed orange juice instead of sugar syrup.

Storing & freezing

Store candied carrots in a jar with a tightly sealed lid or an airtight container for up to 5 days at room temperature. Keep them in a dark, dry, cool spot to help them last longer, staying crisp and sweet. Freezing is not recommended, since the carrots lose their texture and turn soft once thawed.

Recipe FAQ

How do you use candied carrots on a carrot cake?
Once the carrots are dry and cooled, arrange them on top of a frosted cake, cupcakes, or muffins just before serving. Little piles of curls or ribbons in the center or around the edge look best, and adding them close to serving keeps them from softening in the frosting.

How far in advance can you make candied carrots?
You can make them up to 5 days ahead. Keep them in an airtight container at room temperature in a dry, cool spot, and add them to your cake or muffins shortly before serving to keep them crisp.

Why did my candied carrots turn out sticky or soft?
This usually means they were not dried long enough or were stored in a humid spot. Dry them longer at a low oven temperature (or overnight at room temperature) until they no longer feel wet, and store them well sealed away from moisture.

Can you make carrot candies with carrot slices?
Yes. Cut carrots into round slices, cubes, or medium sticks and cook them a little longer to reduce the sugar syrup. Dry in the oven at 175°F (80°C) for 1 to 2 hours, or at room temperature for 1 to 2 days, then sprinkle with powdered sugar.

Can you make candied carrots sugar-free?
Yes. Simmer the carrot pieces in freshly squeezed orange juice instead of sugar syrup for a naturally sweet, sugar-free version.

Love carrot recipes? Try these next!

  • Ottolenghi Carrot Cake
  • Carrot Pineapple Bread
  • Italian Carrot Cake

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Candied Carrot Decoration

Carrot topping in a cup.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 1 review

Carrot topping made with candied carrots is the solution to your carrot cake and muffin decorations. Learn how you can turn vegetables into sweet candy.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 20 minutes
  • Cook Time: 1 hour 40 minutes
  • Total Time: 2 hours
  • Yield: 12 toppings 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: American, Greek

Ingredients

Scale
  • 5.3 oz. (150 g) fresh carrots
  • ¾ cup (150 g) granulated sugar
  • ⅓ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (100 g) water
  • Powdered sugar as needed

Instructions

  1. Wash raw carrots with a brush in cold running water. Cut the carrot tops (carrot greens) and peel the carrots with a vegetable peeler. Cut them into thin strips with a knife or shred them with a julienne peeler or mandolin.
  2. Pour about 33.8 fl. oz. (1 liter) of water into a saucepan, add the carrots, and bring to a boil to soften the vegetables. Transfer carrots with a slotted spoon to the colander and drain.
  3. In a saucepan, add water (⅓ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons or 100 g), add sugar, and boil over medium-high heat. Once it boils, lower the heat to medium, add carrots, and cook for 5 minutes. Remove from heat and let them soak in the pot for 5 minutes. Drain the carrots in a colander.
  4. Heat oven to 175°F (80°C). Distribute the carrots into a single layer on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Let them dry in the oven for about 1.5 to 2 hours. Open the oven door a little to let the steam out. If time permits, allow the carrots to dry overnight at room temperature. Let the shredded candied carrots cool down. Then, separate them from the baking paper and roll them in icing (powdered) sugar.

Notes

  1. Please don't use cooking spray on the parchment paper; it is unnecessary.
  2. If your oven doesn't support the low temperature, you can dry your carrots overnight or longer.
  3. To make candied carrot curls (aka curling carrot ribbons), cut the vegetables into long, thin strips and cook according to the recipe. While drying the carrots, wrap the carrot strips around the handle of a wooden spoon or stick halfway through the process. Finish drying them in the oven. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 carrot topping
  • Calories: 52
  • Sugar: 13.1 g
  • Sodium: 9 mg
  • Fat: 0 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0 g
  • Carbohydrates: 13.7 g
  • Fiber: 0.3 g
  • Protein: 0.1 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Pink Praline Recipe (Pralines Roses)

Aug 17, 2021 · 46 Comments

A batch of Pink Praline on a stone board.

Quick Summary: Pink praline (praline rose) is a Lyon specialty of whole almonds coated in crisp, red-colored caramelized sugar. You cook the sugar, water, and food coloring, then coat the almonds in three stages, checking the syrup reaches 255°F/124°C. The recipe uses 5 ingredients, takes about 20 minutes, and makes 1.5 lb/700 g.

A batch of Pink Praline on a stone board; Close up

What is pink praline?

Pink praline (praline rose) are a French confection of whole almonds coated in a crisp, red-colored sugar shell. It is a specialty of the Lyon region, where the candies are eaten as a snack and crushed into brioche and pastries.

Pink praline gets its signature pink color from cooked sugar tinted with red food coloring, and it can be flavored with orange flower water, rose water, or left plain.

According to Selina Sykes, "pralines roses - tiny caramelized almonds - are a taste of childhood no matter what your age is."

Pink praline are also called French pink pralines (plural form), rose praline, or red praline. These are all names for the same original French treat.

The history of pink praline is a bit of a mystery, but it goes back to the 19th century. It is considered that the pastry chef of Saint-Genis-Sur-Giers created a famous pink praline brioche, also called Saint-Genix. 

Later, pink praline reached Lyon, where the original recipe was developed.

In 1955, Auguste Pralus baked his buttery brioche with pink praliné, his Praluline, which became his signature creation. It is the same brioche as brioche de Saint-Genix, which comes from the Rhône-Alpes region.

If you travel to France, visit Pralus to try the famous brioches aux pralines. Its address is 32, rue de Brest, 69002 Lyon, France.

Pralines roses or Pink Praline in a metal can and on the table

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. This simple recipe gives 1.5 lb/700 g of candied nuts coated in pink sugar.
  2. Pink praline makes a perfect gift for Christmas, St. Valentine's Day, or any other occasion.
  3. They are the best snack ever to satisfy a sweet tooth.
  4. Pink sugared almonds are kid-friendly (no peanuts used) and gluten-free.
  5. They serve as an ingredient to make French pastries such as galette des Rois, sweet bread or brioches, Ile Flottante, and French soufflé.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Almonds: use whole, medium-sized almonds, preferably toasted; you can also use raw almonds. To toast almonds, bring them to the preheated oven at 300 F/150 C for 15 minutes. Replace almonds with hazelnuts, for example, Piedmont hazelnuts, if desired. The traditional recipe calls for almonds or hazelnuts and not pecans or walnuts.
  • Orange flower water: it brings a delicate flavor to French pink praline. You can omit this ingredient or replace it with rose water.
  • Red food coloring: the red color is a signature of pink praline. Add food coloring as needed (about 7 drops of red food coloring to each cooking step).
  • Sugar: the recipe calls for white sugar, not brown sugar. Use granulated or caster sugar.
  • Water: Use cold or room-temperature water.

Equipment

  • large frying pan
  • small saucepan
  • wooden spatula or wooden spoon
  • candy thermometer
  • baking sheet
  • parchment paper

How to make pink praline

First coating

Step 1. In a large frying pan, place one-third of the sugar (¾ cup/150 g), pour one-third of the water (1.35 fl oz/2.7 tbsp/40 ml), and add a few drops of red food color.

Stir the sugar mixture well with a wooden spatula or wooden spoon and bring it to a boil (photo 1). Once large bubbles form, add whole almonds.

Step 2. Immediately lower the heat to medium, add orange flower water for flavor, and continue stirring constantly (photo 2).

Photo 1: Pan with red melted sugar Photo 2: Almonds coated with sugar in a pan
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

The red sugar syrup will begin to crystallize; keep stirring to coat the nuts thoroughly.

Once the sugar stops adhering to almonds, the nuts will look covered with pink powdered sugar (photo 3).

Transfer the contents of the pan onto a baking tray, or a flat surface covered with parchment paper, and allow to cool (photo 4).

Collect the remaining pink-colored caramelized sugar for the second stage of cooking.

Clean the pan and the wooden spatula or spoon with water, then dry with a paper towel.

Photo 3: Almonds coated with sugar in a pan Photo 4: Sugared almonds on a parchment
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Second and third coatings

Step 3. Place almonds in a medium-sized pan and set aside. In a small saucepan, place one-third of the sugar (¾ cup/150 g), one-third of water (1.35 fl oz/2.7 tbsp/40 ml), the remaining pink sugar, and a few drops of red food color, and allow to melt (photo 5).

Bring to a boil and cook until the mixture reaches 255 degrees F/124 degrees C (use a candy thermometer).

Step 4. Bring the pan with almonds over a moderate heat setting, pour the syrup over the nuts, and stir simultaneously (photo 6).

Once the almonds are well coated and look covered with pink sugar, transfer the nuts back onto the parchment (photo 7). Separate individual almonds and pink sugar. Clean up the pan and utensils again.

Photo 5: Sugar syrup in a saucepan Photos 6-7: Almonds in a pan and on parchment
PHOTOS 5-7

Step 5. Repeat the last step of the candy coating one more time, using the remaining ingredients. Make sure to check the sugar mixture temperature. Add red food coloring, if necessary (photos 8-9).

Photo 8: Pink Praline in a pan Photo 9: Pink Pralines/candied almonds on the parchment
PHOTO 8 PHOTO 9

Expert tips

  1. Wear a long-sleeved shirt to protect your forearms during pink sugar coating.
  2. Add red food coloring to the second and third stages of cooking, if necessary. If the color is enough, omit food coloring (I usually add 7 drops of red coloring to each cooking step).
  3. Switch orange flower water for rose water, if you prefer, or make these caramelized nuts unflavored.
  4. Clean up your pan and wooden spatula between each step. To make the process easier, pour some water into the pan and bring it to a simmer for 10 to 15 minutes. Dry utensils before use.
  5. Use a smaller pan for the second and third stages of cooking, layering the nuts in a single layer to help them coat better.

Recipe variations

  • Hazelnut praline: follow the same recipe with toasted hazelnuts, such as Piedmont hazelnuts, or mix almonds and hazelnuts for a nutty twist.
  • Rose praline: swap the orange flower water for rose water to lean into the classic floral note of praline rose.
  • Unflavored praline: skip the flower water altogether for a plain, sweet almond crunch.
  • Deeper color: add a few extra drops of red food coloring at the second and third stages for a brighter pink shade.

Storing & freezing

Store pink praline in an airtight container in a cool, dry place, ideally between 60 and 64°F (16 to 18°C). Kept this way, it holds its bright color, flavor, and crunch for several months.

To extend its shelf life, you can dry the praline in a 160°F/70°C oven for 40 to 50 minutes before storing. To give it as a gift, use a paper bag or a gift box, and avoid plastic or zip-top bags, which trap moisture and soften the sugar shell.

Recipe FAQ

What is praline rose?
Praline rose (or pralines roses) is the French name for pink praline, a Lyon specialty of whole almonds coated in crisp, red-colored caramelized sugar. It is often crushed and baked into brioche such as the Praluline.

What's the difference between French pralines and New Orleans pralines?
The word "pralines" describes almost any nut-based candy. French pralines are pink-colored caramelized almonds, while New Orleans pralines are crunchy pecan candies made with brown sugar, granulated sugar, light cream, butter, and pecan halves.

What is pink praline used for?
Pink praline are eaten on their own as a snack and used in French pastries such as galette des rois, brioche, and tarte aux pralines. You can also crush them over ice cream or fold them into desserts.

Can you double the praline recipe?
Yes. You can double the first step, but for evenly coated pink praline, divide the nuts into two equal parts after the first step and cook the second and third stages separately for each half.

How do you serve French pink praline?
Serve them on their own as a sweet snack, or sprinkle your favorite ice cream with crushed praline. They also make a colorful topping for cakes and other desserts.

How do you store pink praline?
Store pink praline in an airtight container in a cool, dry place, ideally between 60 and 64°F (16 to 18°C). Kept this way, it holds its bright color, flavor, and crunch for a few months.

Love quick desserts? Try these next!

  • Hazelnut Praline Paste
  • Banoffee Pie Cups
  • French Hot Chocolate
  • Fig Tiramisu
  • Browse all the No-Bake Desserts

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Pink Praline Recipe (Pralines Roses)

A batch of Pink Praline on a stone board.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 20 reviews

Pink praline (praline rose) is a Lyon specialty of whole almonds coated in a crisp, red-colored caramelized sugar shell. This easy 5-ingredient French recipe comes together in about 20 minutes and makes a pretty pink treat to snack on or bake into brioche.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 5 minutes
  • Cook Time: 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 20 minutes
  • Yield: 1.5 lb. (700 g) 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale
  • 8.8 oz (250 g) toasted almonds
  • 2 tsp (10 ml) orange flower water (optional)
  • 2 ¼ cups (450 g) granulated sugar 
  • 4 fl. oz. (120 ml) water
  • red food color

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. In a large frying pan, place one-third of the sugar (¾ cup/150 g), pour one-third of the water (1.35 fl oz/2.7 tbsp/40 ml), and add a few drops of red food color. Stir well with a wooden spatula and bring to a boil. Once large bubbles form, add the whole almonds.
  2. Immediately lower the heat to medium, add orange flower water for flavor, and continue stirring constantly. The red sugar syrup will begin to crystallize; keep stirring to coat the nuts thoroughly. Once the sugar stops adhering to almonds, the nuts will look covered with pink powdered sugar. Transfer the almonds to a baking sheet lined with parchment paper and let cool. Collect the remaining pink sugar for the second stage of cooking. Clean the pan and wooden spatula with water, then dry with a paper towel.
  3. Place almonds in a medium-sized pan and set aside. In a small saucepan, combine one-third of the sugar (¾ cup/150 g), one-third of the water (1.35 fl oz/2.7 tbsp/40 ml), the remaining pink sugar, and a few drops of red food color, and melt. Bring to a boil and cook until the temperature reaches 255 degrees F/124 degrees C (use a cooking thermometer).
  4. Place the pan with the almonds over medium heat, pour the syrup over nuts, stirring at the same time. Once the almonds are well coated and look covered with pink sugar, transfer the nuts back onto parchment. Separate nuts and pink sugar. Clean up the pan and utensils again.
  5. Repeat the last step one more time, using the remaining ingredients. Add red food coloring, if necessary.

Notes

  1. Wear a long-sleeved shirt to protect your forearms during pink sugar coating.
  2. To toast almonds, place nuts on a baking sheet and toast at 300 F/150 C for 15 minutes.
  3. Add red food coloring to the second and third stages of cooking, if necessary. If the color is enough, omit food coloring (I add 7 drops of red food coloring to each cooking step).
  4. Switch orange flower water for rose water, if you prefer, or make pink praline unflavored.
  5. Clean up the pan and wooden spatula between each step. To make the process easier, pour some water into the pan and bring it to a simmer for 10 to 15 minutes. Dry utensils before use.
  6. Use a smaller pan for the second and third stages of cooking, layering the nuts in a single layer to help them coat better.
  7. Follow the same recipe and experiment with toasted hazelnuts, or mix almonds with hazelnuts, if you prefer.
  8. If your oven goes as low as 160 °F (70 °C), dry the pink praline for 40 to 50 minutes. This step is optional but prolongs the shelf life of pink nuts.
  9. Store in a cool, dry place between 60 and 64°F (16 and 18 °C).
  10. To pack as a gift, use a paper-based bag or a gift box. Avoid packaging these candies in plastic or a zip-top bag.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 70 g
  • Calories: 313
  • Sugar: 41.6 g
  • Sodium: 0 mg
  • Fat: 12.5 g
  • Saturated Fat: 1 g
  • Carbohydrates: 50.4 g
  • Fiber: 3.1 g
  • Protein: 5.3 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was originally published on January 5, 2020. It has been revised to include improved content and photos.

Pineapple Fritters (Deep Fried Pineapple Rings)

Aug 11, 2021 · 49 Comments

Four pineapple fritters on a cutting board with a yellow cup on the background.

Quick Summary: Pineapple fritters are pineapple rings dipped in a light batter and deep-fried until golden and crispy. This French-style recipe uses canned pineapple and a coconut-flecked batter, and the fritters are ready in about 15 minutes of active work, served warm with a dusting of powdered sugar.

Pineapple fritter with the rest of fritters on a marble board

What are pineapple fritters?

Pineapple fritters are pineapple rings coated in a light batter and deep-fried until golden and crispy. In this French-style version, known as beignets d'ananas, each ring is dipped in batter and shredded coconut, so you get a crisp, golden shell around a warm, juicy slice of pineapple.

Fritters appear in cuisines all over the world, from beignets in France and frittelle in Italy to loukoumades in Greece and tempura in Japan. Fruit fritters like these are a simple way to turn ripe or canned fruit into a quick, warm dessert with very little effort.

Stacked deep-fried pineapple rings with half of the ring on a marble board

Why you'll love this recipe

  • This pineapple fritters recipe is easy, quick, and loved by kids and adults.
  • Using canned or fresh fruit makes this no-bake dessert an all-year-round favorite.
  • It uses whole fruit rings, not crushed pineapple.
  • This fritter batter recipe is all you need to make fruit fritters: apples, bananas, etc. Coat fruit in the batter, grated coconut, and deep-fry.
  • Homemade pineapple fritters are finger foods perfect for breakfast, snacks, and summertime gatherings.

Ingredients

Pineapple fritters ingredients in pictures

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Pineapple: Use canned pineapple rings (one 20 oz. can) or replace them with pineapple slices.
  • Milk: Use whole milk or replace it with the same amount of coconut milk.
  • Egg: Use 1 large egg at room temperature.
  • Flour: Use all-purpose flour.
  • Shredded coconut: Use organic unsweetened shredded coconut.
  • Icing sugar: Make it yourself with a coffee grinder or use powdered or confectioners' sugar.
  • Salt: A pinch of salt enhances the fritter batter's flavor.
  • Oil: Use olive oil for making the batter and vegetable oil for frying. Its smoke point is high enough: between 440°F (226°C) and 450°F (232°C). You can also use other neutral, high-heat oils such as canola oil, sunflower oil, or peanut oil, but they are more expensive.

Equipment

To make pineapple fritters at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • flour sifter
  • large mixing bowl
  • hand whisk
  • shallow plate
  • large saucepan or deep skillet
  • kitchen thermometer
  • tongs
  • slotted spoon
Half of the fried pineapple ring, a knife, and three fritters on a marble board

How to make pineapple fritters

Step 1. To make the pineapple fritter batter, sift plain flour into a large bowl. Combine flour with icing sugar.

Step 2. Make a fountain in the center of the flour mixture, pour in the egg and olive oil (photo 1), and mix with a rubber spatula or a wire whisk.

Step 3. Then pour in the cold milk little by little and mix until you get a thick, smooth batter resembling pancake batter (photo 2). Cover the bowl with plastic film and refrigerate for 2 hours.

Photo 1: Egg, oil with dry ingredients in a bowl Photo 2: Batter in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 4. Meanwhile, drain pineapple rings using a kitchen paper towel. Pour frying oil into a large saucepan or skillet and heat over medium heat to 350°F (175°C); use a cooking thermometer.

Step 5. Pour shredded coconut on a shallow plate. Dip pineapple rings in the batter mixture to coat them thoroughly, and shake off the excess batter.

Step 6. Then put them in shredded coconut (photo 3). Finally, dip the pineapple slices coated in batter and coconut into hot oil.

Step 7. Cook for about 1 to 3 minutes per side, turning with two forks or tongs until golden brown (photo 4).

Photo 3: Fruit ring covered with shredded coconut  Photo 4: Rings in a pan with oil
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 8. Continue with the rest of the pineapple rings, cooking them two by two. Remove fritters with a slotted spoon, drain on paper towels, and serve immediately.

Pineapple fritters on a serving board; a teacup in the background

Expert tips

  1. Be sure the pineapple rings are well-drained and patted dry; otherwise, the fritter batter will not stick.
  2. If you don't have a cooking thermometer, add 3 to 4 raw, dry corn kernels to the oil. Once they burst, the oil is at the right temperature.
  3. Do not overcrowd the saucepan while frying: fry two pineapple rings at once. Cooking more than two rings at once can drop the oil temperature and make the fritters greasy instead of crispy.
  4. Set the oven on low heat to keep the finished fritters warm, and place rings on a baking sheet lined with a paper towel. Keep fritters in the oven until ready to serve.

Recipe variations

  • Pineapple rings: Use fresh or frozen pineapple to make the fritters.
  • Pineapple fritter batter: Replace all-purpose flour with a 1:1 gluten-free baking blend to make gluten-free pineapple fritters.
  • Coating: Coat pineapple rings in batter, with or without coconut. Alternatively, only wrap them in shredded coconut or breadcrumbs and deep-fry.
  • Cinnamon sugar: Toss the warm fritters in a mix of granulated sugar and ground cinnamon instead of, or in addition to, powdered sugar.
  • Cooking method: Pan-fry the rings in a shallow layer of oil, or air-fry them at 375°F (190°C) for 8 to 10 minutes for a lighter result.
  • Spiced batter: Add a pinch of ground cinnamon, nutmeg, or vanilla to the batter for extra warmth and flavor.
  • Vegan version: Replace the egg and milk with plant-based milk and a tablespoon of cornstarch, and fry in neutral oil for a dairy-free, egg-free batter.
  • Brown sugar glaze: Instead of coconut, dust the warm fritters with brown sugar, or briefly caramelize the drained rings in butter and brown sugar before dipping them in batter.

How to serve it

Pineapple fritters are best served warm, straight from the oil while the coating is still crisp. Dust them with powdered sugar or toss them in cinnamon sugar (a mix of granulated sugar and a little ground cinnamon) for a classic finish.

For a richer dessert, serve them with a scoop of vanilla ice cream and a drizzle of chocolate sauce, warm caramel, or your favorite syrup. They also make a fun snack on their own with a cup of coffee or tea.

Storing & freezing

Pineapple fritter rings are best eaten on the same day. You cannot store them in the fridge. Pineapple fritters cannot be frozen, either.

Recipe FAQ

Who invented pineapple fritters?
The first pineapple fritters recipe appeared in 1861 in The Book of Household Management, edited by Isabella Beeton.

Can you make fritter batter ahead?
Yes. Once you make the batter, cover it with plastic film and refrigerate for up to 2 hours, or overnight if needed. Give it a quick stir before using.

Do you need a deep fryer to make these fritters?
No. You can fry pineapple fritters in a saucepan or deep skillet with a few inches of oil, using tongs or two forks to turn them.

Can you make pineapple fritters in an air fryer?
Yes. Place the coated rings in a single layer in a greased air fryer basket, spray lightly with oil, and cook at 375°F (190°C) for 8 to 10 minutes, flipping halfway. They will be lighter than deep-fried fritters.

How do you make pineapple fritters healthier?
For a lighter version, pan-fry or air-fry the fritters instead of deep-frying, use fresh pineapple to cut added sugar, and dust with a little cinnamon instead of powdered sugar.

Can you reheat pineapple fritters?
Reheat pineapple fritters in a toaster oven or regular oven at 375°F (190°C) for about 5 minutes to bring back their crispness. Avoid the microwave, which makes them soft.

What is in pineapple fritter batter?
The batter is a simple mix of plain flour, icing sugar, egg, a little olive oil, and cold milk, whisked until smooth like pancake batter. You can add a pinch of cinnamon, nutmeg, or vanilla for extra flavor.

Can you use fresh pineapple instead of canned?
Yes. Peel and core a fresh pineapple, slice it into rings about half an inch thick, and pat them completely dry before dipping. Fresh pineapple is less sweet and juicier, so drain it well so the batter sticks.

How many carbs are in a pineapple fritter?
One pineapple fritter has about 9.9 grams of carbohydrates, roughly 3.3 percent of a 300-gram daily value.

How many calories are in a pineapple fritter?
One pineapple fritter contains about 77 calories. Based on a 2,000-calorie daily diet, that is roughly 3.85 percent of your daily calories per fritter.

Love dessert fritters? Try these next!

  • Blueberry fritters
  • Apricot fritters
  • Apple fritters
  • Nun's Farts (French deep-fried beignets donuts)

Follow me on Instagram, Pinterest, and Facebook to see what I am getting up to. Also, subscribe to my newsletter.

Print

Recipe card

Pineapple Fritters (Deep Fried Pineapple Rings)

Four pineapple fritters on a cutting board with a yellow cup on the background.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 20 reviews

Pineapple fritters are crispy deep-fried pineapple rings coated in a light coconut batter. This easy French-style recipe uses canned pineapple and fries up golden in minutes, perfect served warm with a dusting of powdered sugar for breakfast or dessert.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 15 minutes
  • Cook Time: 10 minutes
  • Total Time: 25 minutes
  • Yield: 10-12 1x
  • Category: Dessert
  • Method: Frying
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale

For fritter batter:

  • 10-12 slices of canned pineapple (one 20 oz. can)
  • ⅔ cup + 3 tablespoons (200 ml) whole milk
  • 1 large egg, room temperature
  • ⅔ cup + 2 tablespoons (100 g) all-purpose flour
  • 4.2 oz (120 g) shredded coconut
  • 2 ½ tablespoons (20 g) icing (powdered) sugar
  • 1 pinch of salt
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil

For frying:

  • 33.8 fl oz (1 liter) frying oil

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make the fritter batter, sift the flour and combine it with the icing sugar in a large bowl. Make a fountain in the center of the flour mixture, pour in the egg and olive oil, and mix with a rubber spatula or a wire whisk.
  2. Then pour in the cold milk little by little and mix; the dough will be smooth and thick enough to resemble pancake batter. Cover the bowl with plastic film and refrigerate for 2 hours.
  3. Meanwhile, drain the pineapple slices on paper towels. Heat the frying oil in a large saucepan to 350°F (175°C): use a cooking thermometer. Pour shredded coconut on a shallow plate. Dip pineapple slices in the batter to coat thoroughly, shake off excess batter, then coat in shredded coconut. Dip the batter- and coconut-coated pineapple slices in hot oil.
  4. Cook for about 1 to 3 minutes per side, turning with two forks or tongs until golden brown. Continue with the remaining pineapple slices, cooking them two by two. Drain pineapple fritters on paper towels and serve immediately.

Notes

  1. Be sure the pineapple slices or rings are well-drained and patted dry; otherwise, the fritter batter will not stick.
  2. If you don't have a cooking thermometer, add 3 to 4 raw, dry corn kernels to the oil. Once they burst, the oil is at the right temperature.
  3. Do not overcrowd the saucepan while frying: fry two pineapple rings at once. Cooking more than two rings at once can drop the frying oil temperature and result in greasy fritters instead of crispy ones.
  4. Set the oven on low heat to keep the finished fritters warm, and place rings on a baking sheet lined with a paper towel. Keep fritters in the oven until ready to serve. 
  5. The calorie count is calculated per pineapple ring and does not include the frying oil, since the amount varies depending on the oil used, cooking time, and temperature. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 pineapple fritter
  • Calories: 77
  • Sugar: 3 g
  • Sodium: 26 mg
  • Fat: 3.3 g
  • Saturated Fat: 1.7 g
  • Carbohydrates: 9.9 g
  • Fiber: 0.6 g
  • Protein: 2 g
  • Cholesterol: 15 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was adapted from https://gourmand.viepratique.fr/. It was originally published on April 19, 2019. The recipe has been revised to include improved content and photos.

Hazelnut Praline Paste Recipe (3 Ingredients)

Aug 10, 2021 · 58 Comments

A mason jar and a teaspoon over with hazelnut praline on a marble board.

Quick Summary: Hazelnut praline paste (pâte pralinée) is a smooth French spread of caramelized sugar and toasted hazelnuts blended into a creamy paste, like a nuttier peanut butter. This 3-ingredient recipe is naturally gluten-free and dairy-free, ready in about 50 minutes, and works as a spread or as a base for French pastries.

A mason jar and a teaspoon over with hazelnut praline on a marble board

What is hazelnut praline paste?

Hazelnut praline paste is a popular French spread made from caramelized nuts, often hazelnuts, almonds, or both, and caramel. These are crushed until they release essential oils to make a paste with a smooth texture resembling peanut butter.

So, what is hazelnut paste? It is a praline paste made with toasted hazelnuts. If you see 'French praline paste' as a recipe ingredient, this means it is made out of toasted hazelnuts.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Simple & Inexpensive: Only three ingredients (hazelnuts, sugar, salt) create a smooth, homemade spread.
  • Perfectly Sweet: The perfect balance of sweetness in a smooth, creamy hazelnut paste.
  • Aromatic & Homemade: Making it fills your kitchen with a warm, nutty aroma, and it is a great alternative to store-bought praline spreads.
  • Versatile Use: Perfect as a praline filling for crepes, pancakes, or French desserts like Paris-Brest or Fig Tart With Praline.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Hazelnuts: Use high-quality, finest hazelnuts. Toast raw hazelnuts yourself or use store-bought toasted hazelnuts. Feel free to experiment with other nuts: almonds, a mix of hazelnuts and almonds, pecans, pistachios, etc.
  • Sugar: Use granulated white sugar or caster sugar. You can replace it with organic cane sugar, but avoid brown sugar.
  • Salt: Ideally, use fleur de sel, but you can replace it with any coarse salt or sea salt. Don't use iodized table salt because it would taste strong.

Equipment

  • baking sheet
  • kitchen towel
  • stainless steel saucepan
  • food processor or high-speed blender
  • silicone spatula
  • airtight jar for storage

How to make hazelnut praline paste

Step 1: Roast and prepare hazelnuts: Preheat oven to 300°F (150°C). Spread hazelnuts on a baking sheet and roast for 15 minutes. Once roasted, wrap hazelnuts in a kitchen towel and rub to remove skins. It is fine if some skin remains. Place hazelnuts in a single layer on a lined sheet pan (photo 1).

Step 2: Make the caramel: Heat a stainless steel pan over medium-high heat for a few seconds. Add one-third of the granulated sugar and cook over medium heat, swirling the pan (photo 2).

Photo 1: Roasted hazelnuts on a board Photo 2: Melting sugar in a pan
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 3: Once the sugar starts melting, add the second third of the sugar. Continue swirling the pan without stirring. Add the final third of sugar and let it dissolve. The caramel might look lumpy and grainy with sugar granules (photo 3), but it will eventually melt. Cook until the caramel reaches a golden color. Add a pinch of salt at the end.

Pro tip: The key is swirling the pan while cooking and watching for the color of the caramel. Don't burn it: the darker it gets, the bitter and more potent it becomes.

Step 4: Pour the caramel over the toasted hazelnuts in a thin layer and let it cool for about 20 minutes (photo 4).

Photo 3: Halfway ready golden caramel Photo 4: Hazelnuts with caramel on parchment paper
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 5: Break the cooled caramel into pieces and place them in a food processor. Start at low speed to make praline powder (photos 5-6).

Photos 5-6: Praline powder in the bowl of a food processor
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 6: Increase the speed and process for 5-10 minutes until the mixture becomes a smooth, creamy praline paste (photos 7-8).

Photos 7-8: Praline powder turned into Praline
PHOTO 7 PHOTO 8

Pro tip: Reduce toasted and caramelized nuts to a smooth golden paste several times in small steps to prevent the food processor or blender from overheating.

Glass mason jar with hazelnut praline spread

Expert tips

  1. Please DO NOT touch the pot or caramel while it is still hot, or you may get burned. Use oven mitts.
  2. Depending on your taste, mix your praline spread longer or shorter. It usually takes about 15 minutes to make a smooth praline paste.
  3. Do not overheat the praline paste and your device while mixing: stop the food processor or blender several times.

Recipe variations

  • Almond Praline: Replace hazelnuts with blanched almonds for a spread or gluten-free dessert like Fig and Cinnamon Pavlova.
  • Hazelnut & Almond Blend: A mix of almonds and hazelnuts rivals Valrhona's hazelnut-almond praline spread.
  • Other Nut Variations:
    • Pistachios: For a snack, use pistachio praline paste with nutty chocolate.
    • Pecans: A great alternative for a sandwich spread.
    • Walnuts: Rich walnut praline paste, perfect for fruit desserts.
    • Other Nuts: Try cashews, macadamia nuts, peanuts, or pine nuts as substitutes.

How to serve praline paste

  • Enjoy on its own: Great with ice cream, crepes, pancakes, or brioche.
  • Make Hazelnut Chocolate Spread: Mix 3.5 oz. (100 g) melted chocolate with 6.4 oz. (180 g) praline paste for a Nutella-like spread.
  • Use in frosting: Add praline to sugar-free whipped cream for cupcakes or sponge cake.

Storing & Freezing

Keep hazelnut praline paste in an airtight container, such as a sterilized mason jar, at room temperature and away from light for up to one week, or in the refrigerator for up to one month. The natural oils will rise to the top over time, so stir the paste once a week to keep it smooth and evenly blended.

For longer storage, freeze the paste in an airtight container for up to 6 months. To use it again, thaw it at room temperature for a few hours, then stir well before spreading or baking.

Recipe FAQ

Why does my praline paste taste bitter?
Your praline may taste bitter if the hazelnuts turn dark brown while toasting, or if the caramel is overcooked and too dark. Unshelled hazelnuts can also add bitterness, so toast them just until golden and stop the caramel at an amber color.

Why is my praline paste not turning into a paste?
Give it time and patience. Cold or under-toasted nuts release less oil, so keep processing in short bursts and scrape down the sides. If it stays powdery after several minutes, the nuts need more oil, so process a little longer until the mixture turns glossy and smooth.

What is the difference between praline and praline paste?
Praline is the hazelnut powder you get during the first stage of grinding caramelized hazelnuts. Praline paste is the next stage, when you keep blending that powder until the nut oil releases, and it becomes a smooth, thick paste.

What is the difference between praline paste and gianduja?
Praline paste is made from just caramelized nuts and sugar. Gianduja is praline paste blended with melted chocolate, which makes it sweeter, firmer when set, and closer to a chocolate-hazelnut spread.

What are pralines?
Pralines, also known as pink pralines, are almonds coated in caramelized pink sugar. They are different from praline paste, which is smooth and spreadable.

Are praline paste and pralinoise the same?
No, they are not the same. Pralinoise is praline paste mixed with milk chocolate and a little vanilla. French and Belgian chocolatiers use it to fill candies and other chocolates.

Love praline desserts? Try these next!

  • Paris-Brest With Praline Mousseline Cream
  • French Fig Tart
  • Ottolenghi Fig and Cinnamon Pavlova
Print

Recipe card

Hazelnut Praline Paste

A mason jar and a teaspoon over with hazelnut praline on a marble board.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 28 reviews

French hazelnut praline paste is a smooth gluten-free and dairy-free breakfast spread and a basic ingredient for many French pastries. It is an easy recipe with a 100% guaranteed result. 

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 30 minutes
  • Cook Time: 20 minutes
  • Total Time: 50 minutes
  • Yield: (10.6 oz. ) 300 g
  • Category: No-bake desserts
  • Method: No baking
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale
  • 7 oz. (200 g) raw hazelnuts
  • ½ cup + 4 teaspoons (130 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 pinch of fleur de sel

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To roast hazelnuts, preheat the oven to 300°F (150°C). Spread whole raw hazelnuts in a single layer on a baking sheet and toast for 15 minutes.
  2. Remove skins by wrapping warm hazelnuts in a clean kitchen towel (rub vigorously!) and let them sit for 5 to 10 minutes. You don't need to remove all the skin; if any pieces are left, that's fine.
  3. Place roasted hazelnuts as a single layer on a sheet pan, a baking tray lined with parchment paper, or a silicone baking mat.
  4. To make the caramel, heat a stainless steel pan with a heavy bottom over medium-high heat for a few seconds and pour in one-third of the granulated sugar. Cook over medium heat, swirling and shaking the pan over your stove.
  5. Once the sugar starts melting, add another third of the sugar and continue to swirl the pan. Do not mix the caramel (when the sugar dissolves) with a spoon or spatula! Add the last third of the sugar and continue to cook. The caramel might look lumpy and grainy with sugar granules, but it will melt eventually.
  6. Lower the heat and cook until the sugar melts and the caramel turns golden and you can smell the caramel flavor. The key is swirling the pan while cooking! Add a pinch of salt at the last moment. Pour the caramel over the toasted hazelnuts in a single thin layer and cool completely for about 20 minutes.
  7. Break the caramel plate into smaller pieces and place it in the bowl of a food processor. Turn on low speed and get a praline powder first. Then switch to a higher speed and process until it forms a paste and turns into a creamy nut praline.

Notes

  1. Use store-bought toasted unsalted hazelnuts to save time.
  2. Please DO NOT touch the pot or the caramel while it is still hot, or you may get burned.
  3. Replace fleur de sel with any coarse salt or sea salt; however, don't use iodized table salt because the taste would be too strong.
  4. Mix your praline longer or shorter, depending on your taste. 
  5. Do not overheat the praline paste and your device while mixing: stop the food processor or blender several times.
  6. Store praline paste in a mason glass jar at room temperature for up to one week, or in the fridge for up to one month. Remember to stir it once a week so the oil doesn't separate, and the mixture stays smooth.
  7. Freeze praline paste for up to 6 months. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: (1 oz.) 30 g
  • Calories: 174
  • Sugar: 13.9 g
  • Sodium: 16 mg
  • Fat: 12.2 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0.9 g
  • Carbohydrates: 16.3 g
  • Fiber: 1.9 g
  • Protein: 3 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was originally published on September 08, 2020. It has been revised to include improved content and photos.

Fig Tiramisu (Easy No-Bake Dessert)

Aug 7, 2021 · 44 Comments

Fig tiramisu cups in a serving board.

Quick Summary: Fig tiramisu is a no-bake, 15-minute Italian dessert that layers espresso-dipped ladyfingers, whipped mascarpone cream, and fresh figs in individual glasses. This single-serving verrine version skips long chilling, so you get all the classic tiramisu flavor with fresh figs in a fraction of the time.

Fig tiramisu cups in a serving board.

What is fig tiramisu?

Fig tiramisu is a fruit-forward take on the traditional Italian tiramisu, where fresh figs join the classic layers of coffee-soaked ladyfingers and mascarpone cream. Instead of one large dish, this version is built in individual glasses, making it a verrine-style dessert that is easy to serve and portion.

The figs add natural sweetness and a soft, jammy texture that pairs with the espresso and creamy mascarpone. Because the recipe is no-bake and skips hours of chilling, you can put it together in about 15 minutes and enjoy it the same day.

Fig tiramisu in a cup with a spoon.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • No-bake and quick. The whole dessert comes together in about 15 minutes with no oven and no baking.
  • Fresh, seasonal figs. Ripe figs add natural sweetness and a soft, jammy texture that pairs with coffee and mascarpone.
  • Single servings. Layered in individual glasses, these cups are easy to serve, portion, and make ahead for a party.
  • Make-ahead friendly. Assemble them a few hours in advance, so there is nothing left to do when guests arrive.

Ingredients

Fig tiramisu ingredients.

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Figs: Choose fresh, clean, dry, seasonal figs with smooth skin. Look for fruit that's soft to the touch but not mushy. 
  • Mascarpone cheese (Italian cream cheese) is an essential ingredient of tiramisu. To twist a classic, replace mascarpone cream with fruity yogurt or plain yogurt mixed with jam.
  • Eggs: Use pasteurized eggs at room temperature to make tiramisu. Or pasteurize eggs yourself: it only takes 13 minutes from start to finish.

Attention: since this tiramisu recipe is made with raw eggs, it isn't recommended for kids, pregnant women, and nursing mothers. Please use whipped heavy cream to avoid raw eggs in the dessert.

  • Sugar: The recipe calls for regular granulated or caster sugar.
  • Espresso: Use cold espresso coffee or decaf coffee if you want to avoid caffeine in your tiramisu.
  • Marsala: Use a traditional sweet Marsala wine or replace it with alternatives.
  • Ladyfingers (also known as Savoiardi biscuits) are classic dessert stars. Make sure to purchase the crispy-style Italian cookies from Forno Bonomi, Balocco, or Matilde Vicenzi, which are good brands to choose from.

Pro tip: These gluten-free ladyfingers work perfectly if you want to make gluten-free tiramisu cups.

  • Unsweetened cocoa powder is optional and is used to decorate fig tiramisu.
Fig tiramisu cups dusted with cocoa powder.

Equipment

To make fig tiramisu at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • egg separator
  • medium mixing bowls
  • electric mixer
  • shallow plate
  • pastry bag
  • bent spatula
  • serving glasses

How to make fig tiramisu

Step 1. To make mascarpone cream, separate egg whites from yolks with an egg separator.

Step 2. In a medium bowl, whisk egg yolks, sugar, and mascarpone cheese with an electric hand mixer until smooth.

Step 3. Add one tablespoon of Marsala and whisk again (photo 1).

Step 4. Whisk the egg whites with a pinch of salt in a separate bowl until soft peaks form. Gently add to the mascarpone mixture using a rubber spatula (photo 2).

Mascarpone cheese mixture in a bowl.

PHOTO 1

Mascarpone whipped cream in a bowl.

PHOTO 2

Step 5. Pour strong coffee (cold espresso) on a shallow plate and add the remaining tablespoon of Marsala wine.

Step 6. Dip ladyfinger halves quickly in the coffee mixture, one at a time, and place them in the bottom of six glass cups.

Step 7. Pipe half of the mascarpone cream between the cups with a piping bag or spoon, then place 8 quarters of fresh figs into each cup (photo 3).

Step 8. Cover with another layer of ladyfingers dipped in coffee (photo 4).

Step 9. Spread another layer of the remaining cream and even the top of the dessert with a bent spatula. Cover the cups with plastic film and refrigerate for at least 2 hours.

Cups with mascarpone cream, ladyfingers, and figs.

PHOTO 3

Tiramisu cups with with mascarpone cream, ladyfingers, and figs.

PHOTO 4

To serve, remove the cups from the fridge, peel the plastic wrap, and even the cream with an offset spatula. Sprinkle with a little bit of unsweetened cocoa powder. Use a decorating stencil if desired.

Three fig tiramisu cups on a serving platter.

Expert tips

  1. Don't oversoak ladyfinger halves. Dip cookies in a cold espresso mixture and count to 2 or 3.
  2. Use simple shot glasses, martini glasses, cocktail glasses, wine glasses, little jars, small bowls, or any cups you have on hand.
  3. Sprinkle the top layer with grated dark chocolate or mini chocolate chips, if desired.

Recipe variations

  • Ladyfinger substitutes: Replace ladyfinger biscuits with shortbread cookies reduced to large pieces with a food processor, madeleines or financiers cut or broken into pieces, or gingerbread loaf sliced or cut into small cubes. Discover more ladyfinger substitutes.
  • Fruits: Use seasonal fruits like strawberries, peaches, nectarines, or cherries instead of fresh figs.
  • Alcohol: Replace traditional Marsala with another kind of alcohol, such as Madeira or sweet sherry, Amaretto, dark rum, brandy, Porto, limoncello, cherry, raspberry, or plum liqueur diluted with cold water, or diluted vanilla extract.
  • Tiramisu without alcohol: Make fig tiramisu without alcohol if you want to serve the dessert to kids. Dip ladyfingers in alcohol-free espresso, or use pink champagne biscuits of Reims dipped in orange juice. Or dip biscuits in a mix of equal parts maple syrup and water.
  • Dried figs: When fresh figs are out of season, soak dried figs in warm water, orange juice, or Marsala until soft, then slice. They add a sweeter, jammy layer.
  • Honey or balsamic finish: Drizzle the figs with a little honey or a balsamic glaze before layering to deepen their flavor and add a touch of tang.
  • Spiced or ricotta cream: Stir a pinch of ground cardamom or cinnamon into the cream, or replace part of the mascarpone with ricotta for a lighter, less rich filling.

Storing & freezing

Store fig tiramisu cups wrapped in plastic film in the refrigerator for up to 24 hours.

Can you freeze fig tiramisu? You can freeze tiramisu cups covered with plastic wrap for up to two weeks. To thaw, bring your tiramisu to the fridge for about 2 hours. Then, sprinkle with cocoa powder and serve.

Recipe FAQ

What does tiramisu mean?
Tiramisu means "pick me up" or "cheer me up" in Italian, a fitting name for a coffee-based dessert. The word likely refers to the energizing mix of espresso, sugar, and cocoa.

What is in tiramisu?
Classic tiramisu is made with Italian ladyfingers, eggs, sugar, mascarpone, Marsala, coffee, and cocoa powder. Some recipes also add whipping cream for a lighter texture.

What makes a good tiramisu?
Good tiramisu comes down to quality ingredients. Choose Italian-style ladyfingers, real espresso, fresh eggs, and full-fat mascarpone, and avoid over-soaking the ladyfingers so they hold their shape.

Should you use soft or hard ladyfingers for tiramisu?
Use hard savoiardi biscuits rather than soft ones. Hard ladyfingers soak up the coffee without falling apart, giving the dessert structure. Italian brands like Forno Bonomi or Balocco work well.

Can you use dried figs instead of fresh figs?
Yes. When fresh figs are out of season, soften dried figs in a little warm water, orange juice, or Marsala, then slice them. Dried figs are sweeter and chewier, so use a bit less sugar in the cream.

What can you use instead of ladyfingers in tiramisu?
You can replace savoiardi with Italian pavesini biscuits, shortbread cookies, speculoos, pound cake, or sponge cake cut into strips (read about ladyfinger substitutes).

Can kids eat fig tiramisu?
This recipe contains coffee and Marsala wine, so it is not ideal for young children. To make a kid-friendly version, use decaffeinated coffee and skip the alcohol.

Love easy and quick desserts? Try these next!

  • Banoffee pie cups
  • Dark chocolate terrine dessert
  • Eton Mess
  • French chocolate mousse
  • Browse all the no-bake desserts.

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Fig Tiramisu (Easy No-Bake Dessert)

Fig tiramisu cups in a serving board.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 22 reviews

Fig tiramisu is a no-bake, 15-minute twist on classic Italian tiramisu. It layers espresso-dipped ladyfingers, whipped mascarpone cream, and fresh figs in individual glasses, making an easy make-ahead dessert for any party.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 15 minutes
  • Yield: 6 1x
  • Category: No-bake
  • Method: No-bake
  • Cuisine: Italian

Ingredients

Scale
  • 12 fresh figs
  • 12 ladyfingers

For mascarpone cream:

  • 11.8 oz (335 g) mascarpone cheese
  • 4 eggs
  • ⅓ cup + 1 teaspoon (80 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 tablespoon Marsala
  • 1 pinch of salt

For espresso mixture:

  • ⅔ cup (155 ml) cold espresso
  • 1 tablespoon Marsala

For decoration:

  • 1 teaspoon cocoa powder (optional)

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make mascarpone cream, separate egg whites from yolks with an egg separator. In a mixing bowl, whisk egg yolks, sugar, and mascarpone cheese until smooth. Then add one tablespoon of Marsala and whisk again.
  2. In a separate bowl, whisk the egg whites with a pinch of salt, then gently fold them into the mascarpone mixture with a rubber spatula.
  3. Pour strong cold espresso on a shallow plate and add the remaining one tablespoon of Marsala. Dip ladyfinger halves in the coffee mixture quickly, one at a time, and place them into the bottom of six glass cups. Pipe half of the mascarpone cream between cups with a piping bag or spoon, then place 8 quarters of fresh figs into each cup.
  4. Cover with another layer of cookies dipped in coffee, then spread a layer of the remaining cream and even the top of the dessert with a bent spatula.
  5. Remove the cups from the fridge, peel the plastic wrap, and even the cream with an offset spatula. Sprinkle with a little bit of unsweetened cocoa powder. Use a decorating stencil if desired.

Notes

  1. Don't oversoak ladyfinger halves. Dip cookies in a cold espresso mixture, counting to 2 or 3.
  2. Sprinkle the top layer with grated dark chocolate, if desired.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 cup
  • Calories: 369
  • Sugar: 32 g
  • Sodium: 128 mg
  • Fat: 12.5 g
  • Saturated Fat: 6.4 g
  • Carbohydrates: 52.8 g
  • Fiber: 3.9 g
  • Protein: 13.6 g
  • Cholesterol: 186 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was originally published on September 11, 2019. It has been revised to include improved content and photos. 

Nougatine Recipe (Easy French Almond Nougatine)

Jul 3, 2021 · 12 Comments

Stacked almond nougatine pieces on parchment paper.

Quick Summary: This nougatine recipe uses just sugar, water, and flaked almonds. Toast the almonds, then cook the sugar and water into a golden caramel over medium heat. Stir in the almonds, pour the mixture onto oiled parchment, and spread it thin. Let it cool, then break it into pieces. This easy French nougatine needs only three ingredients and about 15 minutes.

Stacked almond nougatine pieces on parchment paper

What is nougatine?

Nougatine is a French confection made of caramelized sugar mixed with nuts, most often flaked or slivered almonds. The word means a nut-based caramel, and the mixture is spread thin, cooled until crisp, then broken into pieces. It is used on its own as a sweet treat or as a crunchy topping and decoration for cakes, croquembouche, and other French desserts.

It usually takes the form of small, irregular pieces that can be enjoyed on their own or crushed over other desserts. Almonds are the most popular nut, but pistachios, hazelnuts, and sesame seeds work well too.

Almonds and pistachios are favorites because they hold up to the intense heat of the caramel and keep their flavor and crunch. With just sugar, water, and nuts, this nougatine recipe comes together in about 15 minutes.

Nougatine broken into pieces

Nougatine vs. nougat

Nougatine refers to a clear or brown nut-based bark made by cooking sugar until it caramelizes.

Nougat, on the other hand, is a sweet, egg-white-based candy made from sugar, honey, and nuts. You will find it in different variations, with nuts (hazelnuts, almonds, etc.), mixed with toasted nuts, candied fruits, and crystallized fruits like strawberries.

Nougats can also be coated with cocoa beans. The chocolate-covered variety of nougat became popular in America after World War II.

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. This easy nougatine recipe requires only three ingredients, and it takes 15 minutes to make.
  2. French nougatine is a perfect sweet treat for kids and adults, and it makes an eye-catching dessert decorations.
  3. It makes a great edible gift during holidays.
  4. Plus, it's gluten-free and vegan-friendly!

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Sugar: use the finest possible sugar, caster sugar, or baker's sugar; it melts faster.
  • Almonds: use flaked almonds. You can replace them with slivered almonds, whole or chopped hazelnuts, macadamia nuts, pistachios, or a mix of nuts.
  • Water: it is used as a liquid to make wet caramel.

Equipment

This nougatine recipe needs only a few basic tools. Gather these before you start:

  • baking sheet
  • heavy-bottomed saucepan
  • parchment paper
  • pastry brush or silicone brush
  • wooden spatula
  • oiled blade or knife
  • rolling pin

How to make nougatine recipe

Step 1. Preheat the oven to 300°F/150°C. Place flaked almonds on a baking sheet and toast in the oven for about 5 to 7 minutes. Watch the color: almonds should turn slightly golden.

Step 2. Prepare a parchment paper sheet and use a pastry brush or a silicone brush to oil the parchment with grapeseed oil.

Step 3. To make the caramel, place the sugar and water in a heavy-bottomed saucepan and bring it to a simmer over medium heat (photo 1). Shake the pot regularly to distribute the heat: do not use utensils. The sugar syrup will start to turn golden (photo 2).

Photo 1: Boiling sugar syrup in a saucepan Photo 2: Golden-colored sugar syrup in a pan
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 4. Once the sugar dissolves and turns into a golden caramel, remove the saucepan from the heat.

Step 5. Add the flaked almonds and stir quickly with a wooden spatula. To get the desired nougatine color, bring the mixture over medium heat for a few seconds, stirring vigorously (photo 3).

Step 6. Pour the mixture onto the prepared parchment. Spread it out in an even, thin layer with a wooden spatula or oiled blade (photo 4).

Photo 3: Caramel with almonds in a saucepan Photo 4: Nougatine spread onto parchment
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 7. You can also use a prepared-in-advance oiled rolling pin to roll out the nougatine gently. Let it cool for at least 25 minutes.

Step 8. Break the nougatine into pieces and use it as desired.

Expert tips

  1. Be careful working with hot caramel. Make sure kids are kept out of the kitchen while working with hot sugar.
  2. Replace grapeseed oil with vegetable oil.
  3. To make your nougatine thicker, pour the hot nougatine mixture onto parchment paper and spread it a bit. Cover with the second sheet of parchment and roll the mixture out with a rolling pin into the desired thickness before it hardens. Let it cool. 
  4. To cut the nougatine into desired shapes, use an oiled slicing knife while it's hot.
  5. Keep the nougatine workable: caramel hardens fast, so work quickly. If it sets before you finish shaping, warm it briefly in a low oven or near an open oven door to soften it again.

Recipe variations

This nougatine recipe has endless variations. You can change the nut, using slivered almonds, hazelnuts, macadamia nuts, or pistachios in place of flaked almonds. French Wikipedia also lists many traditional French types:

  • Nevers nougatine: named after its origin, Nevers nougatine is made with sugar and chopped almonds, coated with royal icing.
  • Duchesse d'Angoulême: a nougatine filled with almond praline, shaped into short sticks and wrapped in gold or silver paper.
  • Fumay slates: small plates of nougatine covered with blue chocolate, and there are many more.

There are also three ways to prepare it:

  • Dry nougatine: made with a dry caramel, without water.
  • Cooked sugar nougatine: made by adding water to the sugar for a wet caramel.
  • Glucose fondant nougatine: what most chefs use, since glucose resists humidity, prevents crystallizing, and keeps the sugar from melting too quickly.

Experiment with different nuts and seeds to change the flavor, taste, and look of your nougatine:

  • Seeds: Try sesame seeds, organic pepitas, or a mix of sesame, flax, and poppy seeds.
  • Nut and seed ratio: Use nuts or seeds equal to 30 to 100% of the weight of the sugar.
  • Toasting: Toast the nuts yourself (see the recipe below) or use store-bought flaked toasted almonds.

You can also make nougatine the main flavor of a cake, such as this nougatine cake.

Nougatine decoration on parchment paper

How to serve nougatine

Serve nougatine broken into pieces as a sweet treat on its own, or sprinkle the crushed nougatine over a summer fruit compote, whipped cream, or ice cream.

You can use the nougatine broken or cut into pieces to decorate cakes with elaborate designs. For a savory twist, pair crushed nougatine with dishes like roasted chicken or pan-fried mushrooms to add crunch and depth.

Storing & freezing

Once your nougatine recipe has set, store the pieces flat on parchment paper in an airtight container for up to 1 month. Keep them away from moisture, and avoid the refrigerator, where humidity will soften them. For the same reason, it is best not to make nougatine on humid days.

History of nougatine

Nougatine is a delicate confectionery first discovered in the 1850s by confectioner Jean-Louis Bourumeau.

In 1862, Napoleon III and his wife, Empress Eugenie, visited Nevers, where nougatine gained its current fame. During that visit, Empress Eugenie was offered nougatine, "a specialty in the order of gluttony."

The dessert became so popular among her Court ladies-in-waiting that it quickly spread throughout Paris. Ever since then, nougatine has stayed a favorite French treat enjoyed across the country.

Almond nougatine dessert on parchment

FAQ

What is nougatine made of?
Nougatine is made of just three simple ingredients: sugar, water, and nuts (usually flaked or slivered almonds). The sugar and water are cooked into caramel, then the nuts are stirred in before the mixture is spread thin and left to set.

What is French nougatine?
French nougatine is the traditional caramelized almond confection from France. It dates back to the 1850s and became famous in Nevers. It is widely used as a topping or decoration for cakes, croquembouche, and other French pastries.

What is the difference between nougat and nougatine?
Nougatine is a crisp, caramelized nut brittle made from cooked sugar and nuts. Nougat is a soft, chewy candy made with whipped egg whites, honey, sugar, and nuts. They share nuts and sugar but have very different textures.

Should you add lemon juice or vinegar to make nougatine?
No, avoid lemon juice or vinegar. They invert the sucrose and reduce the rigidity of the nougatine, which makes it brittle and harder to work with.

How do you store nougatine?
Store nougatine flat on parchment paper in an airtight container for up to 1 month. Keep the pieces away from moisture, and avoid the refrigerator, where humidity will soften them. For the same reason, it is best not to make nougatine on humid days.

What is the difference between nougatine and brittle?
Both are made from caramelized sugar and nuts, so they are close cousins. Nougatine is the French version, usually spread thin and used to decorate cakes and pastries, while nut brittle is often thicker and eaten as candy on its own.

How do you pronounce nougatine?
Nougatine is pronounced noo-gah-TEEN. It comes from the French word for nougat, with the ending pronounced like the English word "teen."

Love quick desserts? Try these next!

  • French Chocolate Mousse
  • Banoffee Pie Cups
  • Authentic French Hot Chocolate
  • Fig Tiramisu
  • Browse all the no-bake desserts

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Nougatine Recipe

Stacked almond nougatine pieces on parchment paper.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 5 reviews

This nougatine recipe is a crisp French almond confection made with just three ingredients: sugar, water, and flaked almonds. This crunchy topping is perfect for cakes, croquembouche, and other French desserts.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 10 minutes
  • Cook Time: 5 minutes
  • Total Time: 15 minutes
  • Yield: 3 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • ⅓ cup (75 g) caster sugar
  • 1 tablespoon water
  • 1.7 oz. (50 g) flaked almonds
  • ¼ teaspoon grapeseed oil

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. Preheat the oven to 300°F/150°C. Place flaked almonds on a baking sheet and toast in the oven for about 5 to 7 minutes.  Watch for the color: the almonds should turn slightly golden.
  2. Prepare a parchment paper sheet and use a pastry brush or a silicone brush to oil the parchment with grapeseed oil.
  3. To make the caramel, place sugar and water in a heavy-bottomed saucepan and bring it over medium heat. Shake the pot regularly to distribute the heat: do not use utensils. The sugar syrup will start to turn golden. Once the sugar dissolves and turns into a golden caramel, remove the saucepan from the heat.
  4. Add the flaked almonds and stir quickly with a wooden spatula. To get the desired nougatine color, bring the mixture over medium heat for a few seconds, stirring vigorously. Pour the mixture onto the prepared parchment and spread it into an even, thin layer with a wooden spatula or oiled blade. You can also use a prepared-in-advance oiled rolling pin to roll out the nougatine gently. Let it cool for at least 25 minutes.
  5. Break the nougatine into pieces and use it as desired.

Notes

  1. Be careful working with hot caramel. Make sure kids are kept out of the kitchen while working with hot sugar.
  2. Replace grapeseed oil with vegetable oil.
  3. To make your nougatine thicker, pour the hot nougatine mixture onto parchment paper and spread it a bit. Cover with the second sheet of parchment and roll the mixture out with a rolling pin into a layer of the desired thickness before it hardens. Let it cool. 
  4. To cut the nougatine into desired shapes, use an oiled slicing knife while the nougatine is hot.
  5. Avoid making nougatine on humid days.
  6. Store nougatine flat on parchment paper in an airtight container for up to 1 month. Protect nougatine from moisture; avoid storing it in a refrigerator. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 piece of medium size
  • Calories: 201
  • Sugar: 25.7 g
  • Sodium: 0 mg
  • Fat: 9.3 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0.7 g
  • Carbohydrates: 26.1 g
  • Fiber: 1.3 g
  • Protein: 4.3 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Caramelized Peaches (Sauteed Skillet Peaches)

Jun 27, 2021 · 30 Comments

Peaches fried with rosemary in a skillet: Close up.

Quick Summary: These caramelized peaches (also called sauteed, pan-fried, or skillet peaches) are made by cooking fresh peach wedges in butter, honey, and rosemary over medium-high heat for about 7 to 9 minutes until soft and golden. The whole recipe takes about 20 minutes, serves 2, and is naturally gluten-free.

Peaches fried with rosemary in a skillet: Close up.

What are caramelized peaches?

Caramelized peaches are fresh peach wedges cooked in a hot skillet with butter and a sweetener until the sugars brown, the fruit softens, and turns glossy. They are also called sauteed peaches, pan-fried peaches, pan-seared peaches, or skillet peaches, and they are one of the easiest ways to cook peaches on the stove.

This version uses honey and a sprig of rosemary instead of sugar, which gives the peaches a lightly floral, caramel flavor. They cook in under 10 minutes and are best served warm.

Caramelized peaches served with scoops of ice cream on a plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  • This caramelized peaches recipe is a quick summer dessert, best made during peach season.
  • It is no-bake, so you never have to turn on the oven.
  • It is one of the easiest desserts, made with only four ingredients.
  • It works as a topping too, over ice cream, French toast, pancakes, or yogurt.
Peaches being caramelized into bubbling caramel in a skillet

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Peaches: use yellow or white ripe peaches, not overripe. Replace fresh peaches with nectarines or apricots if desired.
  • Honey: the recipe calls for honey, the main ingredient of caramelization. Use your favorite honey, but try to avoid buckwheat honey, which has a strong flavor profile.
  • Rosemary: it brings a fresh, fragrant note to the dish. Omit it if you are not a fan of this green herb, or replace it with a pinch of ground cinnamon.
  • Butter: Use unsalted butter for this recipe.
  • Vanilla ice cream: optional; used for serving. Use store-bought ice cream or make vanilla ice cream yourself. Replace it with unsweetened, sugar-free whipped cream to decrease the carb load.

Equipment

  • cutting board and knife
  • large skillet or frying pan
  • wooden spoon or spatula

How to make caramelized peaches

Step 1. Wash and dry peaches. Cut them in half, remove the pit, and slice the halves into ½-inch (about 1.5 cm) thick wedges.

Step 2. Melt butter in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add the peach slices in a single layer, along with the honey and rosemary (photo 1).

Step 3. Cook, stirring occasionally, for about 7 to 9 minutes, until caramelized (photo 2). 

Photo 1: Peaches with rosemary in a pan Photo 2: Caramelizing peaching in a skillet
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Expert tips

  1. Peel peaches if preferred. Read on how to remove peach skins in the FAQ section.
  2. Chop rosemary needles finely if desired. They are a bit tough if left as a whole.
  3. To bring a hint of cinnamon, add a pinch of ground cinnamon while cooking.
  4. Top caramelized peaches with flaked almonds or coarsely crushed pistachios for added texture and a different flavor profile.

Caramelized peaches variations

These caramelized peaches are easy to adapt. Here are a few ways to change the flavor:

  • Brown sugar: swap the honey for brown or white sugar for a classic caramel. Honey caramelizes more evenly and is less sweet, so use a little less if you switch to sugar.
  • No added sugar: cook ripe peaches in just butter and let their natural sugars caramelize, or add a splash of maple syrup.
  • Spiced: add a pinch of ground cinnamon, cardamom, ginger, or a few cloves while the peaches cook.
  • Rosemary and herbs: the piney note of rosemary balances the sweet fruit. You can also try thyme, basil, tarragon, or verbena.
  • Boozy: deglaze the pan with a splash of bourbon, rum, or amaretto once the peaches are golden.
  • Other fruit: use nectarines, apricots, or plums in place of peaches.
  • Canned or frozen peaches: drain canned peaches well, or thaw and drain frozen ones, then caramelize as directed.

How to serve caramelized peaches

Let the peaches cool for a minute so the caramel does not burn your mouth.

Serve the warm peaches straight from the skillet or on a plate, spooning the caramel sauce over the top. They are best with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or whipped cream, and also pair well with coffee, French toast, pancakes, or yogurt. Finish with flaked almonds or crushed pistachios for crunch.

Storing & freezing

Store leftover caramelized peaches in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat them gently in a skillet or the microwave, or enjoy them cold over yogurt or oatmeal.

To freeze, cool the peaches completely and freeze them with their syrup in an airtight container for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge, then warm through before serving. The texture softens after freezing, so thawed peaches are best used as a topping or spooned over ice cream.

FAQ

How do you caramelize peaches on the stove?
Melt butter in a skillet over medium-high heat, add peach wedges in a single layer with honey or sugar, and cook, stirring occasionally, for about 7 to 9 minutes until the peaches are soft and golden. This same method is often called sautéing or pan-frying peaches.

What are the best peaches for caramelizing?
Use ripe but firm yellow or white peaches. They should give slightly when pressed but not be mushy, so they hold their shape and release their natural sugars as they cook. Nectarines work just as well.

How do you peel peaches?
Plunge the peaches into boiling water for 30 seconds to loosen the skin, then move them to an ice bath for 5 minutes to stop the cooking. The skins should slip off easily.

Can you make this recipe with frozen peaches?
Yes. Thaw the peaches, drain off the extra liquid, and cook them as directed. They may need a minute or two longer to caramelize.

What herbs or spices go well with peaches?
Besides rosemary, peaches pair well with basil, thyme, tarragon, and verbena. For warm spice, try cinnamon, cloves, ginger, or cardamom.

Love peach desserts? Try these next!

  • Puff Pastry Peach Galette
  • French Peach Tart with Panna Cotta
  • Peach and Blueberry Galette
  • Easy Fresh Peach Clafoutis

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Caramelized Skillet Peaches

Peaches fried with rosemary in a skillet: Close up.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 14 reviews

These caramelized peaches are fresh peach wedges sauteed in butter, honey, and rosemary until soft and golden. Ready in about 20 minutes, they are served warm with vanilla ice cream or whipped cream and are naturally gluten-free.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 11 minutes
  • Cook Time: 9 minutes
  • Total Time: 20 minutes
  • Yield: 2 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • 3 peaches
  • 3.5 oz. (100 g) honey
  • 1 ½ tablespoon (20 g) unsalted butter
  • 1 spring of rosemary
  • vanilla ice cream (optional)

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. Wash and dry the peaches. Cut them in half, remove the pit, and slice the halves into ½-inch (about 1.5 cm) thick wedges. Melt the butter in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add the peach slices, honey, and rosemary. Cook, stirring occasionally, for about 7 to 9 minutes, until caramelized.
  2. Let the peaches cool slightly before eating so you do not burn your mouth. Then, serve the warm peaches in a frying pan or on a plate, with their caramel sauce and vanilla ice cream on the side.

Notes

  1. Peel peaches if preferred. 
  2. Chop rosemary needles finely if desired. They are a bit tough if left whole.
  3. Top caramelized peaches with flaked almonds or coarsely crushed pistachios for added texture and a different flavor profile.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 portion
  • Calories: 128
  • Sugar: 19.8 g
  • Sodium: 2 mg
  • Fat: 5.6 g
  • Saturated Fat: 3.3 g
  • Carbohydrates: 20.2 g
  • Fiber: 2.3 g
  • Protein: 1.9 g
  • Cholesterol: 14 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Blueberry Fritters (Easy Beignets aux Myrtille)

Jun 1, 2021 · 1 Comment

Bitten blueberry fritter with other fritters on a wire rack in the background.

Quick Summary: Blueberry fritters, or beignets aux myrtille, are spoonfuls of a simple cake-style batter packed with fresh blueberries and deep-fried until golden. No yeast and no resting time, so the whole batch comes together in about an hour. Fry at 355°F (180°C), then dust with powdered sugar or toss in cinnamon sugar and serve hot.

Crispy, fruity, and sweet, these blueberry fritters (also called blueberry beignets) are a treat worth making. Serve them plain, sprinkled with icing sugar, or tossed in cinnamon sugar, as a snack or dessert.

Bitten blueberry fritter with other fritters on a wire rack in the background

What are blueberry fritters?

Blueberry fritters are small rounds of sweet, cake-style batter studded with fresh blueberries and deep-fried until crisp and golden.

Also known as beignets aux myrtille ("myrtille" is French for blueberry) or simply blueberry beignets, they are shaped like little doughnut bites rather than a single glazed ring, so the berries burst and soften inside as the batter fries. Unlike yeasted fritters, this batter needs no rising time.

It is one of the fritter recipes on the blog I highly recommend making. I suspect you have already had a look at pineapple fritters and funny-sounding fried donuts called nun's farts. And after I made apple fritters, I knew I had to make a recipe with another fruit flavor to add a summery spin on fruits. 

A batch of blueberry fritters dusted with icing sugar on a wire rack

Fresh vs frozen blueberries: which to use

For many bakes, fresh and frozen blueberries are interchangeable, and both give good results.

In a batter like blueberry muffins, for instance, it makes little difference which one you reach for.

For these fritters, though, fresh blueberries are the better choice. Frozen berries thaw in the batter as it fries and bleed their juice, which tints the batter a muddy color.

The extra moisture from frozen berries also hits the hot oil and makes it spit, so if fresh are in season, use them.

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. This blueberry fritters recipe uses simple ingredients that come together quickly: no resting time required, no yeasted dough made, no shaping technique involved.
  2. These homemade berry fritters make an easy "donut-shaped" breakfast treat, afternoon snack, or a perfect dessert.
  3. They bring a fun outdoor gathering idea for what to make for dessert. Make the batter in advance and use a portable outdoor gas stove to make a fun dessert.
  4. Kids and adults love these blueberry beignets.
Sliced fritter with whole blueberry beignets and a dusting wand on a cooling rack

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Flour: the recipe calls for all-purpose flour.
  • Sugar: use granulated white sugar or caster sugar.
  • Baking powder: it is always suggested to use fresh baking powder.
  • Salt: it enhances the flavor of the batter.
  • Cinnamon and nutmeg: ground cinnamon and ground nutmeg are both versatile, work well together, and harmonize with blueberries.
  • Eggs: use large whole eggs at room temperature.
  • Milk: the recipe calls for whole milk at room temperature.
  • Vanilla extract: the most flavorful vanilla extract is from Madagascar. Replace it with an alcohol-free vanilla flavor if desired. Switch vanilla extract for dark rum if the dessert is served to adults.
  • Butter: use unsalted butter. Melt it in the microwave, covering the dish, and let it cool to room temperature.
  • Blueberries: the recipe is created for fresh blueberries. Replace them with fresh blackcurrants if desired.
  • Frying oil: use vegetable oil, canola oil, or grapeseed oil.
  • Icing sugar: make it yourself with a coffee grinder or use store-bought powdered sugar.

Equipment

To make blueberry fritters at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • mixing bowls
  • whisk
  • flour sifter
  • rubber spatula
  • small cookie scoop
  • heavy-bottomed pot or Dutch oven
  • cooking thermometer
  • slotted metal spoon
  • tongs
  • wire rack

How to make blueberry fritters

Step 1. To make the fritter batter, whisk together sifted flour, sugar, baking powder, salt, ground nutmeg, and ground cinnamon in a medium bowl, then set aside.

Step 2. In another mixing bowl, combine eggs, milk, vanilla extract, and melted butter cooled to room temperature (photo 1).

Step 3. Add the egg mixture to the flour mixture, stirring until combined with a rubber spatula (photo 2).

Photo 1: Eggs/butter mixture in a glass bowl Photo 2: Batter in a metal bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 4. Add blueberries and gently mix (photo 3).

Step 5. To fry the fritters, heat the frying oil in a large, heavy-bottomed pot over medium heat until it reaches 355°F (180°C), using a cooking thermometer.

Step 6. Slowly drop a small cookie scoop of batter into the oil and fry until golden or slightly dark brown, about 2 to 4 minutes on each side (photo 4).

Photo 3: Batter with blueberries in a bowl Photo 4: Two fritters fried into the oil
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 7. Flip fritters with a fork or metal tongs and fry until golden brown.

Step 8. To test for doneness, insert a small knife in the center (be careful of oil splashes!).

Step 9. If there is still raw dough in the knife, fry a bit longer. Using a slotted metal spoon or metal spatula, transfer (photo 5) to a wire rack lined with a paper towel and let cool.

Step 10. Repeat with the remaining batter, checking the oil temperature throughout the process. Dust with icing (powdered) sugar and serve (photo 6).

Photo 5: Fritters on a rack Photo 6: Halved and whole fritters dusted with icing sugar
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Expert tips

  1. Follow all the safety precautions: check the deep-frying tips explained in the post for apple fritters.
  2. Heat the oil after you make the fritter batter. Start over high heat, then lower to about half power. Maintain a constant oil temperature of 355°F (180°C). To test, put a teaspoon of batter in the oil to check the temperature. If it browns too quickly, lower the heat and recheck the temperature.
  3. To fry fritters, use a small cookie scoop or 2 teaspoons to help scrape off the batter into the oil.
  4. Watch for oil splashes, and keep your hands away from the boiling oil while immersing the batter. Wear kitchen gloves if the frying oil is splashing.
  5. Fry fritters in batches of two to four, maximum. Make sure they don't touch each other while frying.
  6. When frying, some blueberries come loose and start to float around in the oil. Either discard them or continue cooking with them along the pot's sides.
  7. Remove ready fritters one by one. Once they cool down, you can stack them.
  8. To make post-frying cleaning easier, protect your stove's cooking surface with aluminum foil by placing it around your pot.

How to serve it

The quickest way to serve blueberry beignets is to dust them with icing (powdered) sugar while they are still warm.

For a little more flavor, toss the hot fritters in cinnamon sugar so the coating clings to the surface. For a sweeter finish, add a sugar glaze: either dunk each fritter in the glaze or drizzle it over once the fritters have cooled.

Recipe variations

  • Lemon blueberry: add the zest of one lemon to the batter and a squeeze of lemon to the glaze for a bright, citrusy version.
  • Glazed fritters: whisk powdered sugar with a little milk (or browned butter) and dip or drizzle the cooled fritters for a doughnut-shop finish.
  • Mixed berry: swap half the blueberries for raspberries, blackberries, or chopped strawberries.
  • Sourdough blueberry fritters: replace part of the flour and milk with about half a cup of sourdough discard for a subtle tang.
  • Gluten-free: use a gluten-free all-purpose flour blend in place of the wheat flour.

Storing & freezing

Blueberry fritters are at their crisp best the moment they come out of the oil, so enjoy them the same day. If you have leftovers, keep them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to two days; they will soften but still taste good, and a few minutes in a hot oven at 355°F (180°C) revives some of the crunch.

To freeze, cool the fritters completely, freeze them in a single layer, then transfer to a freezer bag for up to two months and reheat straight from frozen in the oven. Adding any glaze is best done after reheating.

Recipe FAQ

Is a blueberry fritter a donut?
A blueberry fritter, also called a blueberry beignet, is a cousin of the donut. Both are fried doughs, but a fritter has fruit mixed right into a looser batter and an irregular, craggy shape, while a classic donut is a smooth ring of yeasted dough.

Can you use frozen blueberries?
Fresh blueberries are best here. Frozen berries thaw in the batter and bleed color, and the extra moisture can make the hot oil splatter. If you only have frozen, don't thaw them; toss them in a little flour first.

Can you bake blueberry fritters instead of frying?
Yes. Spoon the batter into a lined muffin tin or onto a baking sheet and bake at 355°F (180°C) until golden, about 15 to 18 minutes. Baked fritters are softer and more cake-like than fried ones.

Can you make these fritters in advance?
They are at their crispest served hot, right after frying, so making them ahead is not recommended. You can measure the dry and wet ingredients separately in advance and combine them just before frying.

How do you store leftover fritters?
Keep leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to two days. They lose their crispness, so reheat them in a hot oven for a few minutes before serving.

How do you discard the leftover frying oil?
Never pour used oil down the drain. Let it cool completely, pour it into an empty sealable container, and throw it away with your household trash or take it to a recycling point.

Love fruit desserts? Try these next!

  • Mixed Berry Muffins
  • Cherry Crumb Pie Recipe
  • No-Bake Raspberry Oreo Cheesecake
  • French Caramel Apple Tart

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Blueberry Fritters (Easy Beignets aux Myrtille)

Bitten blueberry fritter with other fritters on a wire rack in the background.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 1 review

These blueberry fritters, or beignets aux myrtille, are spoonfuls of a simple, no-yeast batter packed with fresh blueberries and fried until crisp and golden. Serve them plain, dusted with icing sugar, or tossed in cinnamon sugar, as a snack or dessert.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 25 minutes
  • Cook Time: 35 minutes
  • Total Time: 1 hour
  • Yield: 40 fritters 1x
  • Category: Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: American

Ingredients

Scale
  • 2 cups (250 g) all-purpose flour
  • ⅓ cup + 1 ⅔ tablespoons (100 g) granulated sugar
  • 2 ¼ teaspoons baking powder
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • 2 large eggs, room temperature
  • ⅔ cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (185 g) milk, room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ oz. (40 g) unsalted butter, melted
  • 10 oz. (285 g) fresh blueberries
  • 33.8 fl. oz. (1-liter) frying oil
  • 2 tablespoons icing (powdered) sugar

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make the fritter batter, whisk together sifted flour, sugar, baking powder, salt, ground nutmeg, and ground cinnamon in a medium bowl, then set aside. In another mixing bowl, combine eggs, milk, vanilla extract, and melted butter, cooled to room temperature. Add the egg mixture to the flour mixture, stirring until combined with a rubber spatula. Add blueberries and gently mix.
  2. To fry fritters, heat the frying oil in a large heavy-bottomed pot over medium heat until it reaches 355°F (180°C), using a cooking thermometer. Slowly drop a small cookie scoop of batter into the oil and fry until golden or slightly dark brown, about 2 to 4 minutes on each side.
  3. Flip fritters with a fork or metal tongs and fry until golden brown. To test for doneness, insert a small knife in the center (be careful of oil splashes!). If the knife still comes out with raw dough, fry a bit longer. Using a slotted metal spoon or metal spatula, transfer to a wire rack lined with a paper towel and let cool. Repeat with the remaining batter, checking the oil temperature throughout.
  4. Dust with icing (powdered) sugar and serve.

Notes

  1. Please follow all safety precautions: see the deep-frying tips in the post for apple fritters.
  2. Heat the oil after you make the batter. Start over high heat, then lower to about half power. Maintain a constant oil temperature of 355°F (180°C). To test, put a teaspoon of batter in the oil to check the temperature. If it browns too quickly, lower the heat and recheck the temperature.
  3. To fry fritters, use a small cookie scoop or 2 teaspoons to help scrape off the batter into the oil.
  4. Watch for oil splashes, and keep your hands away from the boiling oil while immersing the batter. Wear kitchen gloves if the frying oil is splashing.
  5. Fry fritters in batches of two to four, maximum. Make sure they don't touch each other while frying.
  6. When frying, some blueberries come loose and start to float around in the oil. Either discard them or continue cooking with them along the pot's sides.
  7. Remove ready fritters one by one. Once they cool down, you can stack them.
  8. To make post-frying cleaning easier, protect your stove's cooking surface with aluminum foil, placing it around your pot.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 fritter
  • Calories: 50
  • Sugar: 3.5 g
  • Sodium: 64 mg
  • Fat: 1.2 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0.7 g
  • Carbohydrates: 8.7 g
  • Fiber: 0.4 g
  • Protein: 1.2 g
  • Cholesterol: 12 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Beignets aux Pommes (Easy French Apple Fritters)

Apr 24, 2021 · 10 Comments

French apple fritters sprinkled with icing sugar on a blue dessert plate.

Quick Summary: French apple fritters, or beignets aux pommes, are apple slices dipped in a light beer batter and deep-fried until golden and crisp. The beer acts as the leavening agent, so no yeast is needed, and the batter has no added sugar. Fry at 355°F (180°C), then dust with powdered sugar and serve hot.

French apple fritters sprinkled with icing sugar on a blue dessert plate

What are beignets aux pommes?

Beignets aux pommes is the French name for apple fritters. "Beignet" means fritter and "pomme" means apple, so the two words together describe rings of apple dipped in batter and fried. Unlike a doughnut-style fritter, the French version keeps the apple slice whole inside a thin, crisp coating, letting the fruit stay soft and juicy in the center.

In France, they are a popular autumn and winter dessert and a favorite after-school treat. According to chef Simon, Mardi Gras is "not a Mardi Gras without a granny or mother working in the kitchen to prepare the recipe the whole family enjoys."

Because they are quick and use pantry staples, apple beignets became a dish nearly every French mother and grandmother knows by heart.

French chef Hélène Darroze's paternal grandmother made apple fritters from 6 to 8 pounds, or 3 to 4 kg, of apples at once. Mrs. Darroze, a chef with three Michelin stars, inherited her family recipe, but she has never reached her grandma's level with apple fritters.

The fritter batter uses beer as a leavening agent instead of yeast. But don't worry, these apple fritters are kid-friendly: the alcohol evaporates as you fry beignets aux pommes.

And if you don't know what to do with the rest of the bottled beer, check out the French Chocolate Crepes recipe.

Do you worry about wasting egg yolks? Try the Palet Breton recipe to use the remaining egg yolks.

Three beignets aux pommes with an apple and a plate with apple fritters in the background

French apple fritters vs American

Both share the same name, but French and American apple fritters are built differently.

The French version, beignets aux pommes, uses whole apple rings that are dipped in a light batter and deep-fried, so each fritter has a clear slice of fruit at its heart.

The American version chops the apples and stirs them straight into a thicker batter, then fries them into craggy clusters and usually finishes with a sweet glaze.

Both styles taste best straight from the oil, while the coating is still hot and crisp.

A batched of fried apple fritters dusted with powdered sugar on a blue plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. Authentic French treat: this is a classic beignets aux pommes recipe, perfect if you love French home cooking.
  2. No added sugar: the batter is made without sugar, so you control the sweetness with a light dusting of powdered sugar at the end.
  3. Light on calories: one fritter has only about 27 calories and 3.4 grams of net carbs.
  4. Beer for lift: a splash of beer replaces yeast as the leavening agent and gives the fritters their airy crunch and distinct taste.
  5. Easy to adapt: the simple batter works with other fruit too, such as banana, pineapple, or mango slices.
  6. Great for gatherings: make the batter ahead, then slice and fry the apples on the spot, even outdoors on a portable stove.
  7. Fun with kids: they fry quickly and disappear fast, since everyone wants to grab one hot from the pan.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Apples: Golden apples are a good choice for French apple fritters since they hold their shape while cooking. However, feel free to use Gala, Fuji, or Honeycrisp apples.
  • Frying oil: Use peanut, rapeseed, canola, or vegetable oil to make apple beignets. Please read on what oil to use for frying.
  • Flour: The recipe calls for all-purpose flour.
  • Salt: Add a bit of salt to enhance the fritters' flavor.
  • Beer: The French use dark French beer or stout, but any of your favorite beers will work for this recipe.
  • Milk: Use whole or low-fat milk.
  • Egg whites: Use chilled whole large eggs and an egg separator to separate the whites from egg yolks. Then bring egg whites to room temperature.
  • Icing sugar: to serve apple fritters, use homemade icing sugar or store-bought powdered sugar. Mix it with ground cinnamon if desired.

Equipment

To make beignets aux pommes at home, gather these basic kitchen tools before you start:

  • electric mixer
  • mixing bowls
  • flour sifter
  • rubber spatula
  • plastic wrap
  • apple corer
  • cooking thermometer
  • dutch oven or heavy pot
  • metal spider or slotted spoon
  • tongs
  • wire rack

How to make beignets aux pommes

Step 1. To make the batter, whisk egg whites with an electric mixer until soft peaks (photo 1).

Step 2. In a separate bowl, place sifted flour and salt. Add beer and milk and gently mix until smooth (photo 2).

Photo 1: Beaten egg whites in a bowl Photo 2: Batter mixture in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 3. Add the egg whites and mix with a rubber spatula to combine (photo 3).

Step 4. Cover the bowl with plastic film and let stand at room temperature for 2 hours.

Step 5. When the batter is ready, prepare the filling. Peel and core apples with an apple cutter. Cut slices about ⅓ inch/8 mm thick (photo 4).

Photo 3: Batter in a metal bowl Photo 4: Sliced apples on a wooden board
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 6. Heat the cooking oil to 355°F (180°C) (check the temperature with a cooking thermometer).

Step 7. Using tongs or a fork, dip the apple slices in the batter to coat, remove them, drain slightly, and carefully plunge into the hot oil in a single layer (photo 5).

Step 8. Cook for 2 minutes, then turn and cook for 1 minute or until golden and crisp. 

Step 9. Use a metal spider to transfer fritters to a paper-towel-lined plate or a wire rack (photo 6).

Photo 5: Fritters in the oil, in a pan Photo 6: Fried fritters on a rack
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 10. Place on a heated serving plate, sprinkle with icing (powdered) sugar, and serve immediately. Be careful as the fritters will be very hot.

Expert tips

  1. Replace Golden apples with Gala, Fuji, or Honeycrisp apples.
  2. Slice apples into ⅓ inch/8 mm rounds if you prefer this way of making apple fritters.
  3. To measure the beer, pour it into a measuring cup and let the foam settle to ensure you have the correct amount.
  4. Use peanut, vegetable, or canola oil to fry apple fritters.
  5. To make sure the cooking oil is at 355°F (180°C), use a cooking thermometer. This temperature helps keep the coating crispy without absorbing oil and becoming greasy. When checking the oil temperature, keep the tip of the thermometer about midway through the oil.
  6. Deep-fry apple fritters in batches. Fry 4 or 6 slices at a time so the fritters don't stick together.
  7. Try to fry as quickly as possible since apple beignets are best served hot.
  8. Sprinkle the ready fritters with a mix of icing (powdered) sugar and ground cinnamon, or serve with vanilla ice cream if desired.
  9. Replace apples with mangoes or bananas and enjoy a new twist on the recipe!
  10. Fry safely: never leave hot oil unattended, keep children away from the stove, wear long sleeves, and lower the fritters in gently to avoid splatters.
  11. Test first: fry one or two fritters before the rest to check your timing and the oil temperature.
  12. Use a Dutch oven or heavy pot, since it holds the oil's temperature well between batches.
  13. Lift the fritters out with a metal spider rather than a plastic skimmer, taking a couple at a time so they do not slip back into the oil.

Recipe variations

There are a few ways to give these apple fritters a different twist:

  • Cinnamon sugar: toss the hot fritters in a mix of powdered sugar and ground cinnamon for a warm, spiced finish.
  • With brandy: add a tablespoon of Calvados, apple brandy, or kirsch to the batter for a classic French flavor.
  • No-beer version: swap the beer for sparkling water or milk if you prefer to skip the alcohol entirely.
  • Other fruit: replace the apples with pineapple rings, banana, or mango slices using the same batter.
  • Gluten-free: use a gluten-free all-purpose flour blend in place of the wheat flour.

Storing & freezing

Beignets aux pommes are best eaten straight away, while they are still hot and crisp. They lose their crispness quickly, so they do not store well.

If you have leftovers, keep them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to a day and reheat in a hot oven at 355°F (180°C) for a few minutes to bring back some crunch.

Freezing is not recommended, as the batter turns soggy once thawed. Instead, prepare the batter ahead and fry the fritters fresh when you are ready to serve.

Recipe FAQ

What does beignets aux pommes mean?
Beignets aux pommes is French for apple fritters. "Pomme" means apple and "beignet" means fritter, so the phrase describes apple slices fried in batter.

What is the difference between French and American apple fritters?
French apple fritters are made by dipping whole apple slices in batter and frying them, while American apple fritters mix chopped apples into the batter and are often glazed.

Can you make apple fritters without beer?
Yes. Beer acts as the leavening agent, but you can replace it with sparkling water or milk if you prefer to skip the alcohol. The fritters will be slightly less airy.

Which apples are best for French apple fritters?
Firm, slightly tart apples hold their shape best. Golden, Gala, Fuji, or Honeycrisp all work well for frying.

How do you get apple fritters crispy?
Crispness depends on the frying time and oil temperature. Fry at 355°F (180°C) until deep golden; the longer they fry, the crispier and darker they become.

Can you make apple fritters in advance?
They are best eaten hot and lose their crispness quickly, so making them ahead is not recommended. Instead, prepare the batter in advance and fry the fritters just before serving.

How many calories are in one apple fritter?
One fritter has about 27 calories and 3.4 grams of net carbs.

Love apple recipes? Try these next!

  • Tarte Tatin aux Pommes (Apple Tarte Tatin)
  • French Caramel Apple Tart
  • Ottolenghi Apple and Olive Oil Cake with Maple Icing
  • Apple Mousse Cake Pomme d'Eve

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Beignets aux Pommes (Easy French Apple Fritters)

French apple fritters sprinkled with icing sugar on a blue dessert plate.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 5 reviews

These French apple fritters, or beignets aux pommes, are apple slices wrapped in a crispy, no-sugar-added beer batter and deep-fried until golden. Serve them hot, on their own or with a scoop of ice cream.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 1 hour
  • Cook Time: 30 minutes
  • Total Time: 1 hour 30 minutes
  • Yield: 25-30 fritters 1x
  • Category: Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French

Ingredients

Scale

For filling:

  • 1 lb (454 g) golden apples

For frying:

  • 4 ¼ cups (1-liter) frying oil (see note #4)

For the batter:

  • 1 cup (125 g) all-purpose flour
  • ½ pinch of salt
  • 3.4 fl. oz. (100 ml) beer
  • 5 tablespoons (75 ml) milk
  • 2 ½ large egg whites

For serving:

  • ¼ cup (30 g) icing (powdered) sugar
  • 1 tablespoon ground cinnamon (optional)

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make the batter, whisk the egg whites with an electric mixer until soft peaks form. In a separate bowl, place sifted flour and salt. Add beer and milk and gently mix until smooth. Add egg whites to the mixture and mix to combine with a rubber spatula. Cover the bowl with plastic film and let stand at room temperature for 2 hours.
  2. When the batter is ready, prepare the filling. Peel and core apples with an apple cutter. Cut slices about ⅓ inch (8 mm) thick. 
  3. Heat the cooking oil to 355°F (180°C): check the temperature with a cooking thermometer. Using tongs or a fork, dip the apple slices in the batter to coat, remove them, drain slightly, and carefully plunge into the hot oil in a single layer. Cook for 2 minutes, then turn and cook for 1 minute or until golden and crisp.
  4. Use a metal spider to transfer fritters to a paper-towel-lined plate or a wire rack. Place on a heated serving plate, sprinkle with icing sugar, and serve immediately. Be careful, as the fritters will be very hot.

Notes

  1. Replace Golden apples with Gala, Fuji, or Honeycrisp apples.
  2. Slice apples into ⅓ inch (8 mm) rounds if you prefer this way of making apple fritters.
  3. To measure the beer, pour it into a measuring cup and let the foam settle to ensure you have the correct amount. 
  4. Use peanut, vegetable, or canola oil to fry apple fritters.
  5. To make sure the cooking oil is at 355°F (180°C), use a cooking thermometer. This temperature helps keep the coating crispy without absorbing oil and becoming greasy. When checking the oil temperature, keep the tip of the thermometer about midway through the oil.
  6. Deep-fry apple fritters in batches. Fry 4 or 6 slices at a time so the fritters don't stick together.
  7. Try to fry as quickly as possible since apple beignets are best served hot.
  8. Sprinkle the ready fritters with the mix of icing (powdered) sugar and ground cinnamon, or serve with vanilla ice cream if desired.
  9. Replace the apples with mangoes or bananas for a new twist on the recipe.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 fritter
  • Calories: 27
  • Sugar: 0.2 g
  • Sodium: 8 mg
  • Fat: 0.9 g
  • Saturated Fat: 0.2 g
  • Carbohydrates: 3.5 g
  • Fiber: 0.1 g
  • Protein: 0.8 g
  • Cholesterol: 0 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was adapted from http://www.leparisien.fr. It was originally published on April 06, 2018. The recipe has been revised to include improved content and photos.

Blanc-manger (French Almond Blancmange)

Apr 9, 2021 · 10 Comments

Glass jars with blancmange, fruit coulis, and fresh fruit and a tea towel in the background.

Quick Summary: Blanc-manger (blancmange in English) is a cold, set French dessert made from almond milk, cream, sugar, and gelatin, flavored with vanilla and served with a red fruit coulis. It needs about 40 minutes of active work plus chilling, serves 4, and is naturally gluten-free.

A spoon with blanc-manger, red fruit coulis, and raspberry over a glass jar: Close up

What is blanc-manger?

Blanc-manger, known as blancmange in English, is a cold, set French dessert made from milk or cream and sugar, thickened with gelatin, agar-agar, or cornstarch and usually flavored with vanilla or almonds. It is served chilled in glasses, ramekins, small jars, or turned out of a mold, and though it is classically white, it can be tinted in other colors.

The name means "white dish" in Old French, from blanc ("white") and manger ("to eat"), a reminder that it was traditionally made with white ingredients.

Blancmange belongs to the same family as Italian panna cotta, Middle Eastern muhallebi, Chinese almond tofu, Hawaiian haupia, and Puerto Rican tembleque. You can make it in many ways: with whole milk, with or without cream, or with almond milk, coconut milk, or condensed milk, and set with gelatin, agar-agar, cornstarch, or rice flour.

Glass jars with blancmange, fruit coulis, and fresh fruit and a tea towel in the background

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. This easy old recipe dates back to the Middle Ages but is still popular today.
  2. Blancmange is perfect for birthday or wedding parties, family gatherings, or entertaining.
  3. Using different fruit, blanc-manger makes a colorful dessert at any time of the year.
A glass with blancmange, fruit coulis, and fresh red fruit; a pink towel in the background

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Almond milk: use unsweetened almond milk or make it yourself.
  • Heavy cream: the recipe calls for heavy cream with at least 36% fat content. Replace it with whipped cream (30% fat content) or whole milk.
  • Whipped cream: use your favorite brand of whipped cream with 30% fat content.
  • Gelatin: use gelatin sheets with a strength of 200 bloom.
  • Sugar: use granulated white sugar or replace it with caster sugar.
  • Vanilla pod: for the best flavor, use a Madagascar vanilla bean.
  • Red fruit: use any combination of red fruit (strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, or blackberries) to make a coulis.

Equipment

  • food processor or blender
  • fine-mesh sieve
  • saucepan
  • electric mixer
  • hand whisk
  • shallow dish
  • pastry bag
  • serving glasses or small jars

How to make blanc-manger

Step 1. To make red fruit coulis, mix the fruit and sugar in a food processor, leaving a few for decoration (photo 1).

Step 2. Pass it through a fine-mesh sieve to obtain a coulis (photo 2). Refrigerate.

Photo 1: Mixed red fruit in a bowl Photo 2: Ready fruit coulis in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 3. To make blanc-manger, soak gelatin in cold water for 10 minutes. Split the vanilla bean in half, lengthwise.

Step 4. Pour almond milk and heavy cream into a saucepan. Add the sugar and vanilla pod (photo 3), bring to a boil, and simmer for a few minutes.

Step 5. Take the pan from the heat, add the drained gelatin to the hot mixture, and mix.

Step 6. Pour into a shallow dish, cover with plastic film in contact, and refrigerate for at least 4 hours.

Step 7. Whisk whipping cream with an electric mixer into whipped cream (photo 4).

Photo 3: Milk mixture in a saucepan Photo 4: Whipped cream in a bowl
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 8. Take the milk preparation from the refrigerator. Add a few spoons of the whipped cream to the almond blancmange and mix with a hand whisk.

Step 9. Then pour the blancmange into the whipped cream. Gently mix by lifting the mixture with the whisk (photo 5).

Step 10. Transfer the blancmange to a pastry bag with the cut tip and push it into glasses/small glass jars. Refrigerate for about 2 hours.

Photo 5: Blancmange in a bowl Photo 6: Served blanc-manger in a small glass jar
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Expert tips

  1. Mix a little whipped cream into the main preparation before adding it to the whipped cream to incorporate well.
  2. If the blancmange is "lumpy" after adding it to the whipped cream, continue to mix gently until it becomes homogeneous. 

Blanc-manger variations

This blanc-manger is good on its own, but it also takes flavors and toppings well. Here are a few ways to make it your own:

  • Almond: the classic version, made with almond milk as in this recipe. For a stronger flavor, add a few drops of almond extract to the warm milk.
  • Vanilla: infuse the milk and cream with a split vanilla bean for a plain vanilla blancmange.
  • Chocolate: stir 1.7 to 3.5 oz. (50 to 100 g) of melted dark or white chocolate into the hot milk mixture before adding the gelatin.
  • Coconut: replace the almond milk with coconut milk and top with toasted shredded coconut.
  • Fruit coulis: serve with red fruit coulis, or try mango, blackberry, banana, orange, or passion fruit.
  • Fresh toppings: decorate with mango ribbons, pomegranate seeds, kumquats, apricot, pineapple, or kiwi, and finish with lime zest and a mint leaf.
  • Crunchy toppings: sprinkle with toasted flaked almonds, shredded or toasted coconut, white chocolate shavings, or a mix of cranberries and raisins.
  • Poached fruit: serve with figs poached in sweet red wine.

How to serve blanc-manger

Serve blanc-manger cold. Pour 1 to 2 tablespoons of red fruit coulis over each portion, then decorate with fresh fruit, toasted almonds, or a mint leaf. It is a light finish to a meal and works for birthdays, weddings, and family gatherings.

Storing & freezing

Store blanc-manger covered in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Keep the plastic wrap in contact with the surface so it does not form a skin, and add the coulis and fresh fruit just before serving.

Freezing is not recommended. Gelatin-set desserts turn watery and grainy once thawed, so blanc-manger is best made fresh and eaten within a few days.

FAQ

What is blanc-manger in English?
Blanc-manger is called blancmange in English. The name is a direct borrowing from French and means "white dish," describing the classic pale, set dessert.

Are panna cotta and blancmange the same?
They are close cousins but not the same. Both are cold, set cream desserts, but panna cotta is Italian and set only with gelatin, while blancmange is French, is often flavored with almond, and can be set with gelatin, cornstarch, or agar-agar.

What is the difference between blancmange and custard?
Blancmange is set with a thickener such as gelatin, cornstarch, or agar-agar, so it holds a firm shape. Custard is softer and thickened with eggs instead.

What is red fruit coulis?
Red fruit coulis is a smooth sauce made from pureed and strained red fruit. It is a simple way to dress up desserts and is rich in vitamin C and minerals such as calcium, magnesium, iron, and potassium.

Can you make blancmange in advance?
Yes. Blanc-manger needs several hours to set, so it is ideal to make a day ahead. Keep it covered in the fridge and add the coulis and fresh fruit just before serving.

Love easy desserts? Try these next!

  • French Chocolate Mousse
  • French Rice Pudding
  • Banoffee Pie Cups
  • Browse all the No-Bake Desserts

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Blanc-manger (Blancmange)

Glass jars with blancmange, fruit coulis, and fresh fruit and a tea towel in the background.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 4 reviews

Blanc-manger (blancmange in English) is a light, cold French dessert made from almond milk, cream, and gelatin, flavored with vanilla and served with a red fruit coulis. This easy, gluten-free recipe sets in the fridge and is perfect for family gatherings or a refreshing end to a meal.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 25 minutes
  • Cook Time: 15 minutes
  • Total Time: 40 minutes (plus chilling time)
  • Yield: 4 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: No-Bake
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale

For blanc-manger:

  • ½ cup + 2 teaspoons (125 ml) unsweetened almond milk
  • ½ cup + 2 teaspoons (125 ml) heavy cream
  • 1 cup + 4 teaspoons (250 ml) whipped cream
  • 2 gelatin sheets
  • 4 ½ tablespoons (65 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 vanilla bean

For red fruit coulis:

  • 1 oz. (30 g) strawberries
  • 1 oz. (30 g) raspberries
  • 1 oz. (30 g) blueberries
  • 1 tablespoon (15 g) granulated sugar

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make red fruit coulis, mix the fruit and sugar in a food processor (save a few for decoration). Pass it through a fine-mesh sieve to obtain a coulis. Refrigerate.
  2. To make blanc-manger, soak gelatin in cold water for 10 minutes. Split the vanilla bean in half, lengthwise. Pour almond milk and heavy cream into a saucepan. Add the sugar and vanilla pod, bring to a boil, and simmer for a few minutes. Take the pan from the heat, add drained gelatin to the hot mixture, and mix. Pour it into a shallow dish, cover with plastic film in contact, and refrigerate for at least 4 hours.
  3. Whisk whipping cream with an electric mixer into whipped cream. Take the milk preparation from the refrigerator. Add a few spoons of cream to the almond blancmange and mix with a hand whisk. Then pour the blancmange into the whipped cream. Gently mix by lifting the mixture with the whisk.
  4. Transfer the blancmange to a pastry bag with the cut tip and push it into glasses/small glass jars. Refrigerate for about 2 hours.
  5. To serve, pour 1 to 2 tablespoons of red fruit coulis over the blancmange. Decorate with fresh fruit and serve. 

Notes

  1. Mix a little whipped cream into the main preparation before adding it to the whipped cream to incorporate it well.
  2. If the blancmange is "lumpy" after adding it to the whipped cream, keep mixing gently until it becomes homogeneous. 

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 serving glass
  • Calories: 394
  • Sugar: 21.5 g
  • Sodium: 58 mg
  • Fat: 31.9 g
  • Saturated Fat: 19.6 g
  • Carbohydrates: 25.6 g
  • Fiber: 1 g
  • Protein: 4.8 g
  • Cholesterol: 114 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

Riz au lait (French Rice Pudding)

Apr 2, 2021 · 38 Comments

Glass jar with a spoon full of French rice pudding topped with caramel.

Quick Summary: This French rice pudding (riz au lait) simmers short-grain rice in vanilla-infused milk and cream until thick and creamy, about 30 to 40 minutes, then is topped with a quick homemade caramel. It serves 4, is naturally gluten-free, and works for breakfast, brunch, or dessert.

A spoon with rice pudding and caramel with jars in the background

What is riz au lait (French rice pudding)?

French rice pudding, or riz au lait, is a traditional French dessert made by slowly simmering short-grain rice in milk flavored with real vanilla bean until thick and creamy. Unlike baked English or American versions, riz au lait is cooked gently on the stovetop and is often served with a spoonful of homemade caramel.

The method is simple: the rice grains absorb the milk as they cook slowly over low heat, releasing their starch to give the pudding its signature creamy texture.

Three glass jars with riz au lair topped with salted butter caramel

What is the best rice for rice pudding?

To make a creamy rice pudding, choosing the right rice is essential. The best rice for rice pudding is a round, short-grain variety that soaks up liquid and is rich in starch. Look for two qualities:

  • High absorption: round short-grain rice soaks up the most milk, which is what makes the pudding creamy.
  • High starch: starchy grains stick together as they cook and release the starch that gives the dessert its signature creamy texture.

In France, cooks use a special round white rice called "riz rond." Risotto rice, which is also short and round, has the same qualities as pudding rice.

That is why Arborio, Carnaroli, and Vialone Nano are all good choices for making rice pudding.

Two glass jars with rice pudding and rice grains in the background

Why you'll love this recipe

  • This riz au lait recette is a quick and easy grandmother's recipe.
  • It is made with pantry staples: simple ingredients like rice, milk, sugar, and vanilla.
  • It is a childhood dessert in France, and every French grandmother knows the secrets of the best rice pudding.
  • It is a comfort food that works for breakfast, brunch, or the end of a nice dinner.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Rice: Use short-grain round rice such as riz rond (in France) or risotto rice such as Arborio, Carnaroli, or Vialone Nano, found in grocery stores or on Amazon.
  • Milk: The recipe calls for whole milk, but use low-fat milk if desired. To make rice pudding dairy-free, use soy, rice, oat, or almond milk (1 liter) instead of milk and heavy cream.
  • Heavy cream: Use heavy cream with at least 30% fat content. Replace it with full-fat milk if desired.
  • Sugar: Use granulated or caster sugar interchangeably. Or replace granulated sugar with brown sugar or a sweetener. You can decrease the amount of sugar used to cook the rice.
  • Vanilla bean: Use Madagascar vanilla beans for the best flavor. You can replace a vanilla pod with 1 sachet of vanilla sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla paste, 1 teaspoon vanilla extract, or about 1 tablespoon of vanilla syrup, a recommendation from French chef Raymond Blanc.

Equipment

  • medium saucepan
  • large saucepan
  • fine-mesh sieve or colander
  • wooden spoon
  • small saucepan for the caramel
  • serving cups, jars, or ramekins

How to make riz au lait

Step 1. To make rice pudding, split a vanilla bean in half lengthwise and scrape out the seeds with the tip of a knife (photo 1).

Step 2. Pass the rice under cold water several times until the water is clear (photo 2). 

Pro tip: Washing rice helps remove excess starch. If you plan to make rice pudding in the morning, soak rice overnight and rinse it the next day.

Photo 1: Vanilla bean, a knife, seeds on a board Photo 2: Rice over a sieve
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 3. Immerse it in a large saucepan of boiling water and simmer/blanch for 2-3 minutes. Drain the rice using a colander or a fine-mesh sieve, but don't rinse it out (photo 3).

Pro tip: Simmering the rice for a couple of minutes is called bursting the grains. This step allows the rice to better release the starch, but also to be able to absorb more milk. 

Step 4. Pour in the milk and heavy cream, add the vanilla pod and scraped vanilla seeds, and bring to medium-high heat. 

Step 5. Once it starts to boil, pour in the drained rice. Reduce the heat to low, and cook for about 30 to 40 minutes, stirring regularly with a wooden spoon. 

Pro tip: remember to stir regularly with a spoon to prevent the pudding from sticking to the bottom of the pan

Step 6. Add sugar and let gently simmer for another 2 minutes. Remove from the heat, and let cool (photo 4).

Photo 3: Blanched rice over sieve Photo 4: Cooked rice pudding in a saucepan
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 7. Making caramel sauce is optional. Pour sugar into a small saucepan and cook over medium heat.

Pro tip: Don't use utensils. Just shake the pot over the stove until the caramel gets an amber color.

Step 8. Remove from the heat and pour in the warm cream, stirring constantly (be careful of the splash). Add the butter and mix over low heat for about one minute (photo 5).

Step 9. Discard the vanilla bean once the rice has cooled (photo 6).

Photo 5: Caramel in a saucepan Photo 6: Rice pudding with a spoon in a bowl
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 10. To serve, divide riz au lait into dessert cups or jars. Pour hot caramel over the dessert. Bon appétit!

A spoon with French rice pudding mixed with caramel over a glass jar

Expert tips

  1. For more creaminess, reduce the rice to 2.8 to 3.5 oz. (80 to 100 g) for 1 liter of milk.
  2. The rice is ready when it is soft and creamy and absorbs almost all the liquid. Remember that the rice will finish soaking up milk as it cools.
  3. If the rice is too compact when cooled, add a little warm milk to soften it.
  4. Make the caramel once the rice pudding is ready to serve. If it hardens, warm it up over low heat.
  5. Be careful not to overcolor the caramel, or it may become bitter.
  6. Replace homemade caramel with the store-bought one or Bonne Maman® confiture de lait.
  7. Serve rice pudding warm, lukewarm, or chilled. Once cooled to room temperature, refrigerate for at least 1 hour.

Riz au lait variations

Riz au lait takes flavors well, and the easiest way to add one is to infuse the milk at the start of cooking. Add a few flavorings at the end instead, as noted below.

For French chef Cyril Lignac, "...rice pudding is a great passion, especially since we can bring it lots of different flavors."

  • Vanilla: A classic flavor of French rice pudding. Split a vanilla bean in half lengthwise and scrape the seeds into a saucepan. Infuse the vanilla pod in the milk/cream mixture throughout cooking, then remove it at the end or before serving.
  • Cinnamon: Cook rice with a cinnamon stick, then discard it. Or divide the rice pudding into individual ramekins and sprinkle with ground cinnamon.
  • Cardamom: Add ½ tablespoon ground cardamom to the milk/cream mixture and cook the rice.
  • Lavender: Add 1 to 2 drops of lavender essential oil when adding sugar, and cook for another two minutes.
  • Ginger: Add 2 to 3 cm of peeled fresh ginger to the milk/cream mixture and cook. Discard it once riz au lait is ready.
  • Anise: Use 1 whole anise star to infuse a creamy mixture. Remove it after cooking.
  • Chocolate: Add 1.7-3.5 oz. (50-100 g) grated dark, milk, or white chocolate to the milk mixture and continue cooking as directed.
  • Nutella: Add 3 tablespoons Nutella hazelnut spread to the hot rice pudding (off the heat) and mix gently.
  • Citrus: Add orange or lemon zest to the milk mixture and cook the rice. Or add 1.4 oz. (40 g) chopped candied orange peel at the end of cooking. Also, decorate the top of the dessert with citrus zest.
  • Pink Praline: Grind 3.5 oz. (100 g) pink praline and add them to the cooked rice pudding and mix gently.
  • Rose water: Add 1 tablespoon of rose water for a romantic touch.
  • Matcha tea: Add a little matcha green tea powder to the milk/cream mixture for a nice color and a unique taste.
  • Pistachios: Add 1.7 oz. (50 g) pistachio paste to the hot rice off the heat. Once serving, sprinkle the dessert with ground pistachios and serve with a scoop of rose ice cream.

How to serve riz au lait

Enjoy rice pudding warm, at room temperature, or chilled.

To serve rice pudding, use regular bowls, ramekins, glasses, or small cups. You can even create verrines by layering rice pudding, fruit coulis, and fresh fruit. Just be creative.

  • To serve it cold, cover the cooled pudding with plastic wrap in contact and refrigerate for 1 to 3 hours before serving.
  • Add 3.5-7 oz. (100 to 200 g) cold sugar-free whipped cream to the chilled rice pudding to lighten the dessert.
  • Mix the cold rice pudding with vanilla custard and chill overnight.
  • Garnish it with dried fruit (apricots, prunes, raisins, etc.) previously macerated for 10 minutes in rum or black tea.
  • Sprinkle rice pudding with caramelized hazelnuts, almonds, chopped toasted pistachios, flaked almonds, or muesli.
  • Top with berries (fresh raspberries, half-strawberries, blackberries), fresh or stewed fruit (peach, mango, etc.), dust with icing (powdered) sugar, and decorate with a small sprig of rosemary or mint.
  • Pour liquid honey, maple syrup, salted butter caramel, red berries, or rhubarb compote on top of the dessert.
  • For the classic bistro version, serve the rice pudding with the warm caramel and a sprinkle of almond praline for crunch.

Storing & freezing

Store French rice pudding in an airtight container or a bowl with plastic in contact in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.

Can you freeze rice pudding? You can freeze it in individual airtight containers for up to three months. To thaw, refrigerate the dessert for a few hours.

FAQ

Why do you have to wash the rice?
Rinsing removes dust and excess surface starch, so the pudding does not turn gluey. The rice still holds plenty of starch inside the grain to give the dessert its creamy texture, and rinsing also helps shorten the cooking time.

Why should you blanch the rice?
Blanching means simmering the rice in boiling water for 2 to 3 minutes before cooking it in milk. This bursts the grains so they absorb more milk and turn extra creamy. If you skip it, cook the rice a little longer for a slightly firmer texture.

What is the difference between riz au lait and rice pudding?
Riz au lait is the French version of rice pudding. It is cooked gently on the stovetop with short-grain rice, milk, cream, and vanilla, and is usually served with caramel, while English and American rice puddings are often baked and spiced with nutmeg or cinnamon.

What is rice pudding with caramel cream and almond praline?
It is a bistro-style riz au lait, made famous in Paris, served with a layer of soft caramel cream and a generous sprinkle of crunchy almond praline on top. Use this recipe and finish it with the caramel and a spoonful of praline.

Can you make rice pudding in advance?
Yes, and French chefs often prefer it that way. Make it a day ahead, let it cool, cover the surface tightly with plastic wrap so it does not dry out, and refrigerate overnight before serving.

Can you cook rice pudding in the oven?
Yes. Place all the ingredients in an ovenproof pot and bake at 355°F (180°C) for about 1 hour 40 minutes, stirring regularly.

Love quick desserts? Try these next!

  • Banoffee Pie Cups
  • French Chocolate Mousse
  • Fig Tiramisu
  • Or browse all the no-bake desserts

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

Riz au lait (French rice pudding)

Glass jar with a spoon full of French rice pudding topped with caramel.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 19 reviews

French rice pudding (riz au lait) is a traditional French dessert of short-grain rice slowly simmered in vanilla-infused milk and cream, then topped with homemade caramel. This easy, gluten-free recipe is adapted from French chef Raymond Blanc and works for breakfast, brunch, or dessert.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 10 minutes
  • Cook Time: 35 minutes
  • Total Time: 45 minutes
  • Yield: 4 1x
  • Category: No-Bake Desserts
  • Method: Cooking
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale

For rice pudding:

  • 4.2 oz. (120 g) Arborio rice
  • 3 cups + 3 ½ tablespoons (750 ml) whole milk
  • 1 cup + 1 ½ tablespoons (250 ml) heavy cream
  • ¼ cup (55 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 vanilla bean

For caramel:

  • ⅓ cup (75 g) granulated sugar
  • 1 ½ tablespoons (20 g) salted butter
  • 3 ½ tablespoons (50 ml) heavy cream

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make rice pudding, split a vanilla bean in half lengthwise and scrape off the seeds with the tip of a knife.
  2. Rinse the rice thoroughly with running cold water to remove the starch.
  3. Immerse it in a large saucepan of boiling water and simmer/blanch for 3 minutes. Using a colander or a fine-mesh sieve, drain the rice.
  4. Pour the milk and heavy cream into a medium-to-large saucepan, add the vanilla pod and seeds, and bring to a boil. Pour in the drained rice, reduce the heat to low, and cook for about 30 to 40 minutes, stirring regularly with a wooden spatula. 
  5. Add sugar and cook for another 2 minutes. Remove from the heat, let cool. 
  6. To make caramel, pour sugar into a small saucepan and cook over medium heat. Don't use utensils. Just shake the pot over the stove until the caramel turns amber.
  7. Remove from the heat, pour in the warm cream, and stir constantly (be careful of the splash). Add butter and mix for about one minute over low heat.
  8. To serve, discard the vanilla bean once the rice has cooled and divide riz au lait into dessert cups/bowls. Pour hot caramel over the dessert.

Notes

  1. For more creaminess, reduce the rice to 2.8-3.5 oz. (80 to 100 g) for 1 liter of milk.
  2. The rice is ready when it is soft and creamy and has absorbed almost all of the liquid. Remember that the rice will finish soaking up milk as it cools.
  3. If the rice is too compact when cooled, add a little warm milk to soften it.
  4. Make the caramel once the rice pudding is ready to serve. If it hardens, warm it up over low heat.
  5. Be careful not to overcolor the caramel to avoid bitterness.
  6. Replace homemade caramel with the store-bought one or Bonne Maman® confiture de lait.
  7. Serve rice pudding warm, lukewarm, or chilled. Once cooled to room temperature, refrigerate for at least 1 hour.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 jar
  • Calories: 639
  • Sugar: 43.8 g
  • Sodium: 134 mg
  • Fat: 38.7 g
  • Saturated Fat: 23.6 g
  • Carbohydrates: 66.8 g
  • Fiber: 1.8 g
  • Protein: 12.4 g
  • Cholesterol: 134 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

No-Bake Raspberry Oreo Cheesecake

Feb 8, 2021 · 36 Comments

A slice of raspberry cheesecake with Oreo cookie crust, a fork, raspberries on a white plate.

Quick Summary: This no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake pairs a crushed Oreo cookie crust with a creamy raspberry cheesecake filling, set with gelatin and finished with meringue and fresh berries. No oven is required, and it sets in the fridge for a few hours.

A slice of raspberry cheesecake with Oreo cookie crust, a fork, raspberries on a white plate

What is raspberry Oreo cheesecake?

Raspberry Oreo cheesecake is a chilled dessert built on a crushed Oreo cookie base instead of the usual graham cracker crust, topped with a smooth cheesecake layer flavored and colored with raspberries.

Unlike a baked New York-style cheesecake, this no-bake version is set with gelatin in the refrigerator, so it stays light and mousse-like rather than dense. The sweet chocolate cookies balance the tart berries, which is what makes the Oreo and raspberry pairing work so well for occasions like Valentine's Day or a birthday.

A slice of no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake topped with meringues on a white dessert plate

Why you'll love this recipe

  1. This easy and quick no-bake Oreo dessert is made and polished off in an hour.
  2. Oreo raspberry cheesecake is perfect year-round, thanks to fresh or frozen raspberries.
  3. Great contrast: sweet Oreo cookies play off tangy raspberries for a balanced flavor and a striking pink color.
  4. Party-ready: even a simple decoration is enough to wow your guests when you serve the slices.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Oreo cookies: the star of this no-bake Oreo dessert.
  • Heavy cream: use your favorite brand, but make sure it has at least 36% fat content.
  • Raspberry puree: make this berry puree using fresh or frozen raspberries. Switch raspberries with other fruit to create your own cheesecake. Or replace the raspberry puree with the same amount of heavy cream to make a classic no-bake Oreo cheesecake.
  • Sugar: Use caster sugar or granulated sugar, ground to a superfine consistency. Process granulated sugar in a food processor for a few seconds.
  • Gelatin: Use gelatin sheets with a strength of 200 bloom.
  • Vanilla extract: Use Madagascar Bourbon Pure Vanilla Extract or replace it with an alcohol-free vanilla flavor.
  • Whipping cream: it must be at least 30% fat.
  • Cream cheese: use Philadelphia cream cheese or any other brand.
  • Red food color: optional, but it helps achieve the desired cheesecake color.
  • Egg whites: use large, chilled eggs and separate the whites from the yolks using an egg separator. Then bring egg whites to room temperature.
  • Icing sugar: make it with a coffee grinder from granulated sugar, or use store-bought powdered sugar.
  • Freeze-dried raspberries and fresh raspberries: optional, for decorating this cheesecake.

Equipment

Here are the key tools you need to make this no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake:

  • Adjustable cake ring or springform pan: to shape and hold the cheesecake
  • Food processor: to crush the Oreo cookies into fine crumbs
  • Electric or stand mixer: to whip the cream and beat the filling
  • Fine-mesh strainer: to strain the raspberry puree and remove seeds
  • Piping bag: to pipe the meringue stripes on top

How to make Oreo raspberry cheesecake

Step 1. To make the Oreo crust, remove the cream from the center of the Oreo cookies (photo 1).

 Photo 1: Oreo haves and cream on a board Photo 2: Oreo crumbs in a bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 2. Pulse cookie halves in a food processor to make fine crumbs (photo 2). Add the heavy cream and combine by hand (photo 3).

Step 3. Place a 6 to 7 inch (16 cm) adjustable cake ring on parchment paper, line with an acetate cake collar, and press the mixture into the bottom with your hands and/or a tablespoon (photo 4). Place in the freezer.

Photo 1: Crust dough into a cake ring Photo 4: Pressed crust in the cake ring
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 4. To make cheesecake, soak gelatin sheets in cold water for about 10 minutes.

Step 5. Chop whole Oreo cookies into large pieces (photo 5), remove crumbs, and set them aside.

Step 6. In a separate bowl, beat cold whipping cream and vanilla extract until soft peaks form (photo 6), then refrigerate.

Photo 5: Pieces of Oreo cookies on a board Photo 6: Whipped cream in a bowl
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 7. Place a fine-mesh strainer over a large bowl and press the fresh raspberries with the back of a spoon to make the raspberry puree. Discard the seeds.

Step 8. Bring a saucepan with the raspberry puree and sugar to medium heat and cook until the sugar dissolves. Remove the saucepan from heat, add drained gelatin, and mix. Set aside (photo 7).

Step 9. In a large bowl, add the room-temperature cream cheese. Add the raspberry, sugar, and gelatin mixture, 5 to 7 drops of red food color, and whisk with an electric mixer until smooth and creamy, but do not overmix (photo 8).

Photo 7: A raspberry mixture in a saucepan Photo 8: Pink cream mixture in a bowl
PHOTO 7 PHOTO 8

Step 10. Using a rubber spatula, gently stir the chopped cookies into the filling (photo 9). Fold in the whipped cream evenly with the spatula (photo 10).

Photo 9: Pink mixture with cookies in a bowl Photo 10: Cheesecake filling in a bowl
PHOTO 9 PHOTO 10

Step 11. Pour the cheesecake filling over the frozen cookie crust (photo 11). Refrigerate for 5 to 6 hours or overnight.

Step 12. To make the meringue, whisk egg whites at room temperature with an electric mixer. Gradually add the granulated sugar and continue whisking until firm peaks form. Add sifted powdered (icing) sugar and gently mix with the rubber spatula.

Step 13. Pipe the meringue into strips, using Ateco plain pastry tip 806. Use a serrated knife to cut the baked meringue strips into 1-inch (2.5 cm) lengths.

Step 14. To decorate the cheesecake, remove it from the ring and acetate sheet, and place it on a serving plate. Crush freeze-dried raspberries with a food processor and make the powder using a mini strainer.

Place a circle of parchment in the center of the cake and sprinkle the rest of the surface with raspberry powder. Arrange fresh raspberries with meringue strips on top of the cake and sprinkle with raspberry powder (photo 12).

Photo 11: Cheesecake filling over cookie crust Photo 12: A decorated cake with meringues and raspberries :
PHOTO 11 PHOTO 12

Expert tips

  1. Add red food color to the cheesecake filling to obtain the desired color.
  2. Use frozen raspberries instead of fresh berries.
  3. Switch fresh raspberries with other fruit to create your own cheesecake.
  4. Replace the raspberry puree with the same amount of heavy cream to make a classic no-bake Oreo cheesecake.
  5. To make the meringue, process granulated sugar in a food processor for 30 seconds to make superfine sugar. It dissolves more quickly and easily while whisking.
  6. Decorate the cheesecake any way you like: use halves of Oreo cookies cut with a serrated knife, mini marshmallows, chocolate chips, store-bought meringues, or sprinkle the cake with Oreo crumbs.

Storing & freezing

To store, keep the no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake covered in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Add the meringue and fresh raspberries close to serving.

To freeze, wrap the undecorated cheesecake tightly and freeze it for up to 1 month. Thaw it overnight in the fridge before decorating and serving.

Recipe FAQ

Is this a no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake?
Yes. The crust and filling are both no-bake, set in the fridge with gelatin, so you never turn on the oven. Only the optional meringue topping is briefly whisked over the heat.

Can I make raspberry Oreo cheesecake without gelatin?
Gelatin is what holds the no-bake filling together, so leaving it out will make the cheesecake too soft to slice. If you avoid gelatin, use agar-agar and follow the package ratio instead.

Which Oreos should I use for the crust?
Regular Oreo cookies work best. Keep the cream filling in for a sweeter crust, or scrape it out for a firmer, less sweet base.

Can I use frozen raspberries?
Yes. Thaw and drain frozen raspberries before making the puree so the filling isn't too wet. Fresh raspberries are best saved for decorating.

How long does raspberry Oreo cheesecake need to set?
Chill it for at least 4 to 6 hours, or overnight, until the filling is firm enough to unmold and slice cleanly.

Do I need red food coloring?
No. The food coloring is optional and only deepens the pink shade. The raspberries alone give the filling a natural rose color.

Love cakes? Try these next!

  • Layer Cashew Cake Sans Rival
  • Apple And Olive Oil Cake
  • Maraschino Cherry Cake
  • Browse all the Cake Recipes

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

No-Bake Raspberry Oreo Cheesecake

A slice of raspberry cheesecake with Oreo cookie crust, a fork, raspberries on a white plate.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 16 reviews

This no-bake raspberry Oreo cheesecake pairs a crushed Oreo cookie crust with a creamy raspberry cheesecake filling, finished with meringue and fresh berries. This raspberry Oreo cheesecake recipe needs no oven and sets in the fridge, ready in about an hour of hands-on work.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 1 hour
  • Cook Time: 0 minutes
  • Total Time: 1 hour (plus chilling time)
  • Yield: 8 1x
  • Category: Cake
  • Method: No baking
  • Cuisine: American

Ingredients

Scale

For the Oreo crust:

  • 12 Oreo cookies
  • 2 tbsp (30 g) heavy cream

For the cheesecake filling:

  • 1.9 oz (55 g) raspberry puree 
  • ⅔ cup (150 g) granulated sugar
  • 4 gelatin sheets
  • 1 tsp vanilla extract
  • 1 cup (250 g) whipping cream
  • 15.5 oz (440 g) cream cheese
  • 14 Oreo cookies
  • 5-7 drops of red food color (optional)

For the meringue:

  • 2 large egg whites
  • 4 ½ tbsp (60 g) granulated sugar
  • 7 ½ tbsp (60 g) powdered (icing) sugar

For the decoration:

  • freeze-dried raspberries
  • fresh raspberries

*Don't you have the correct baking pan on hand right now? Try this simple Cake Pan Converter!

** If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

Instructions

  1. To make the Oreo crust, remove the cream from the center of the Oreo cookies. Pulse the cookie halves in a food processor until they form fine crumbs. Add heavy cream and combine it with your hands. Place a 6-7 inch/16 cm adjustable cake ring on parchment paper, line with an acetate cake collar, and press the mixture into the bottom with hands and/or a tablespoon. Place in the freezer.
  2. To make cheesecake, soak gelatin sheets in cold water for about 10 minutes. Chop whole Oreo cookies into large pieces, remove crumbs, and set aside. In a separate bowl, beat cold whipping cream and vanilla extract until soft peaks form, then refrigerate.
  3. Place a fine-mesh strainer over a large bowl and press the raspberries with the back of a spoon to extract the puree. Discard the seeds. Bring a saucepan with the raspberry puree and sugar to medium heat and cook until the sugar dissolves. Remove the saucepan from the heat, add the drained gelatin, and stir to combine. Set aside.
  4. In a large bowl, let the cream cheese come to room temperature. Add the raspberry/sugar/gelatin mixture and 5 to 7 drops of red food color, and whisk with an electric mixer until smooth and creamy. Using a rubber spatula, gently stir the chopped cookies into the filling. Fold in the whipped cream evenly. Pour the cheesecake filling over the frozen cookie crust. Refrigerate for 5 to 6 hours or overnight.
  5. To make the meringue, whisk egg whites at room temperature with an electric mixer. Gradually add granulated sugar, whisking until firm peaks form. Add sifted powdered (icing) sugar and gently mix with the rubber spatula. Pipe the meringue into strips, using Ateco plain pastry tip 806. Use a serrated knife to cut the baked meringue strips into 1-inch/2.5 cm lengths.
  6. To decorate the cheesecake, remove it from the ring and acetate sheet, and place it on a serving plate. Crush the freeze-dried raspberries in a food processor to make a powder, using a mini strainer. Place a circle of parchment in the center of the cake, then sprinkle the remaining surface with raspberry powder. Arrange fresh raspberries on the cake, top with meringue strips, and sprinkle with raspberry powder.

Notes

  1. Add red food coloring to the cheesecake filling to obtain the desired color. 
  2. Use frozen raspberries instead of fresh berries.
  3. Substitute other fruit for fresh raspberries to create your own cheesecake. 
  4. Replace the raspberry puree with the same amount of heavy cream, then make a classic no-bake Oreo cheesecake.
  5. To make the meringue, process granulated sugar in a food processor for 30 seconds to make superfine sugar. It dissolves more quickly and easily while whisking.
  6. Decorate cheesecake: use Oreo halves, mini marshmallows, chocolate chips, store-bought meringues, or sprinkle it with Oreo crumbs.

Nutrition

  • Serving Size: 1 slice
  • Calories: 537
  • Sugar: 32.6 g
  • Sodium: 340 mg
  • Fat: 36.5 g
  • Saturated Fat: 20.2 g
  • Carbohydrates: 45.7 g
  • Fiber: 1.5 g
  • Protein: 10.1 g
  • Cholesterol: 100 mg

Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

The recipe was adapted from https://andychef.ru/. It was originally published on January 17, 2020. It has been revised to include improved content and photos.

French Chocolate Mousse (Mousse au Chocolat)

Jan 18, 2021 · 47 Comments

French dark chocolate mousse in glasses with a spoon full of mousse.

Quick Summary: This French chocolate mousse recipe (mousse au chocolat), adapted from chef Cyril Lignac, is a light, airy dark chocolate dessert made with just a few ingredients: chocolate, eggs, cream, and raspberries. It sets in the fridge in about 2 hours, serves 3, and is naturally gluten-free.

A glass with French chocolate mousse topped with raspberries and chocolate shavings: Close up

What is chocolate mousse?

Chocolate mousse is a light, airy French dessert made by folding melted chocolate into whipped cream and beaten egg whites. The word "mousse" means "foam" in French, and the incorporated air bubbles give the dessert its signature soft, cloud-like texture.

Mousse can be sweet or savory. A sweet mousse like this one is usually built on whipped cream, beaten egg whites, or both, and flavored with chocolate, caramel, or fruit puree.

As for its history, the first mention of chocolate mousse, or mousse au chocolat, appeared in 1750 and belongs to Menon, a French culinary writer, who applied it to the "foam" of a chocolate drink.

However, the origin of the real chocolate mousse known today remains a secret. Some food historians believe Charles Fazi, a Swiss servant of King Louis XVI, created it in the 18th century.

Others think the French Post-Impressionist painter Toulouse-Lautrec invented it in Montmartre. He would have added a little cocoa to a mousse and named his invention "chocolate mayonnaise"!

A teaspoon full of dark chocolate mousse with glass and raspberries on a marble board

Why you'll love this recipe

  • This dark chocolate mousse is straightforward, made with simple ingredients and easy to follow.
  • This classic French dessert is made from scratch and tastes as if it came straight from Paris. It is a chocolate lover's dream.
  • This rich mousse au chocolat is a lovely way to finish a meal on an elegant note.

Ingredients

For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

  • Chocolate: Use the best-quality 70% dark chocolate, such as Scharffen Berger, Valrhona, or Lindt Excellence.
  • Butter: Use unsalted butter.
  • Eggs: Use an egg separator to separate the whites and yolks while the eggs are chilled, then let them come to room temperature. Room-temperature yolks help prevent the chocolate from seizing.
  • Icing sugar: Make it at home in a coffee grinder or use store-bought powdered sugar.
  • Heavy cream: Use heavy or heavy whipping cream with at least 30% fat content.
  • Raspberries: Use fresh raspberries for the classic chocolate-and-raspberry combination, and omit them if they are out of season.

Equipment

  • mixing bowls
  • electric mixer or hand whisk
  • double boiler or a heatproof bowl and saucepan
  • rubber spatula
  • three serving glasses or ramekins

How to make French chocolate mousse

Step 1. Separate the egg whites from the yolks. In a chilled large bowl, whip the cold whipping cream with icing sugar until soft peaks form (photo 1).

Step 2. In a separate bowl, use an electric mixer to whip the whites with a pinch of salt until stiff peaks form, then set aside (photo 2).

Photo 1: Whipped cream in a bowl Photo 2: Beaten egg whites in a glass bowl
PHOTO 1 PHOTO 2

Step 3. Break the chocolate into small pieces in a medium bowl and melt it with the butter in a double boiler over a low simmer, stirring occasionally. Once the chocolate is almost melted (with small lumps left), mix with a large rubber spatula, pour into another bowl, and continue stirring while it cools (photo 3).

Step 4. Next, add the egg yolks one by one to the melted chocolate while mixing (photo 4).

Photo 3: Melted chocolate in a bowl Photo 4: Chocolate/egg yolks mixture in a bowl
PHOTO 3 PHOTO 4

Step 5. Then stir the whipped cream into the chocolate-and-egg-yolk mixture (photo 5).

Step 6. Gently fold in the egg whites with a spatula, but do not stir (photo 6).

Photo 5: Chocolate/cream mixture in a bowl Photo 6: Dark chocolate mousse in a bowl
PHOTO 5 PHOTO 6

Step 7. Then arrange half the raspberries at the bottom of three serving glasses and divide the mousse between them (photo 7).

Step 8. Cover the glasses with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least two hours, preferably overnight.

Photo 7: Dessert in glasses Photo 8: Dessert with raspberries, chocolate in glasses
PHOTO 7 PHOTO 8

Step 9. Decorate the top with the remaining fresh raspberries, chocolate shavings, and gold sugar pearls before serving (photo 8).

Single glass with French mousse au chocolat: Close up

How to melt chocolate

There are three methods to melt chocolate:

  • Double boiler method (or hot water bath). Break the chocolate into small pieces and place it in a glass or metal bowl on top of a saucepan half full of simmering water. Let the chocolate melt, stirring constantly.
  • Microwave method. Place the chocolate pieces in a microwave-safe bowl and microwave at medium power (50%) for 30 seconds. Remove and stir. Repeat every 30 seconds, stirring in between, until small lumps remain. Remove the bowl from the microwave and stir to melt fully.
  • The direct heat method is usually used to melt the chocolate added to the butter. Heat the chocolate over very low heat, stirring constantly. Remove it from the heat when small lumps remain, then stir.

Expert tips

  1. Separate eggs when they are cold. Then set them aside to come to room temperature. Use eggs, especially egg yolks, at room temperature to prevent the chocolate from seizing.
  2. For the best results, whip the cream and beat the egg whites BEFORE melting the chocolate, so you can incorporate these ingredients into the chocolate mixture without waiting.
  3. Use top-quality chocolate (70% cacao): Scharffen Berger dark chocolate, Valrhona dark chocolate, or Lindt Excellence dark chocolate.
  4. Let the melted chocolate cool before adding egg yolks.
  5. Add a pinch of ground cinnamon while folding in egg whites if you prefer.
  6. To make chocolate shavings, scrape along the flat side of a chocolate bar using a small knife or a vegetable peeler. 
A glass of French mousse topped with fresh raspberries and shaved chocolate: Overhead view

Recipe variations

Authentic French chocolate mousse is made with dark chocolate, but there is plenty of room to make it your own.

You might argue that a classic French chocolate mousse is made of just chocolate and eggs, with no cream, and you would be right. However, this version with added whipped cream, which lightens the texture, is also served across France.

For example, mousse recipes created by French chefs such as Philippe Conticini, Gaston Lenôtre, Christophe Michalak, and Christophe Felder all contain whipping cream.

  • Different chocolate: replace half of the dark chocolate with milk chocolate, or use milk or white chocolate throughout for a sweeter, lighter mousse.
  • With or without cream: a classic French mousse can be made with just chocolate and eggs, or lightened with whipped cream, as in this recipe. Both versions are traditional in France.
  • Other fruit: swap the raspberries for strawberries, cherries, or a spoonful of orange zest to change the flavor.
  • Spiced: fold in a pinch of ground cinnamon, or add a splash of coffee or rum for a grown-up twist.

Food safety

This mousse contains raw eggs, and eating uncooked eggs can carry a risk of salmonella.

This concern is most common in the USA and Canada, while raw eggs are widely used in Europe, for example in the classic Italian dessert tiramisu.

To reduce the risk, use pasteurized eggs for this recipe. Eating raw eggs is not advised for pregnant women, young children, older adults, or anyone with a weakened immune system.

How to serve French chocolate mousse

  • Serve the mousse in champagne or martini glasses, ramekins, espresso mugs, individual cups, or homemade chocolate dessert cups.
  • Top the mousse au chocolat with fresh raspberries to make raspberry chocolate mousse, as in this recipe.
  • Pipe homemade whipped cream, Chantilly cream, or ice cream on top and sprinkle with chocolate chips, shavings, or chocolate curls.
  • Top with homemade meringue and toast it lightly with a blow torch.
  • Alternate layers of the mousse with your favorite cookie crumbs, then sprinkle more crumbs over the top.
  • Dust the mousse with cocoa powder and decorate with small meringues and pink sugar pearls.
  • Peel kiwis, cut them into small cubes, and arrange them over the mousse, or scatter fresh berries on top.
  • Sprinkle the dessert with toasted chopped nuts, such as pistachios or salted almonds.
  • Serve the mousse with cat tongue cookies or ladyfingers on the side.

Storing & freezing

Store mousse au chocolat in the refrigerator for up to 24 hours. In fact, French chefs consider the ideal chocolate mousse to be one made the day before, since resting improves its texture.

You can also freeze chocolate mousse: wrap the glasses or ramekins in plastic film and freeze for up to 3 months. To thaw, move the mousse to the refrigerator for 2 to 3 hours before serving.

FAQ

What should the texture of chocolate mousse be like?
A good chocolate mousse should be light, airy, and soft, with a smooth, cloud-like texture that holds its shape. It should feel silky on the tongue and never grainy, dense, or rubbery. The air folded in from the whipped cream and egg whites is what gives it that characteristic lightness.

Why is my chocolate mousse grainy?
Graininess usually means the chocolate seized or cooled too fast when the eggs were added. Melt the chocolate gently, let it cool slightly, and add room-temperature yolks to keep the mixture smooth. Overheating the chocolate or adding cold ingredients are the most common causes.

What is the difference between mousse and pudding?
Mousse is made by folding whisked egg whites and/or whipped cream into a flavored base, and the air bubbles give it a light, fluffy texture. Pudding is made from a milk and sugar base cooked with cornstarch, which makes it thicker and denser.

What is the best chocolate to make chocolate mousse?
Use good-quality 70% cacao dark chocolate. The darker the chocolate, the more intense the flavor and the less sweet the mousse. Brands like Valrhona, Scharffen Berger, or Lindt Excellence work well.

How do you prevent chocolate from seizing?
Chocolate seizes into a dry, rough mass when it meets water. Use clean, dry bowls and utensils, and melt the chocolate in a double boiler over simmering (not boiling) water. Do not cover the pan, which prevents condensation from dripping into the chocolate.

Love chocolate desserts? Try these next!

  • French Hot Chocolate
  • French Chocolate Tart
  • Royal Chocolate Cake Trianon
  • Concorde Cake

Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

Print

Recipe card

French Chocolate Mousse (Mousse au Chocolat)

French dark chocolate mousse in glasses with a spoon full of mousse.
Print Recipe
Save Recipe Recipe Saved

5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

5 from 22 reviews

This French chocolate mousse recipe (mousse au chocolat), adapted from chef Cyril Lignac, is a light, airy dark chocolate dessert layered with tangy raspberries. Made with just a few ingredients, it sets in the fridge and is naturally gluten-free.

  • Author: Irina Totterman
  • Prep Time: 20 minutes
  • Total Time: 20 minutes
  • Yield: 3 1x
  • Category: Gluten-Free Desserts
  • Method: No Bake
  • Cuisine: French
  • Diet: Gluten Free

Ingredients

Scale
  • 4.4 oz (125 g) dark chocolate
  • 0.3 oz (10 g) butter
  • 3 eggs
  • ⅓ cup (75 ml) whipping cream
  • 4 ½ tbsp (35 g) powdered (icing) sugar
  • 1 pinch of salt
  • 4.4 oz (125 g) raspberries
  • pink sugar pearls and chocolate shavings for decoration

* If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

    Instructions

    1. Separate egg whites from egg yolks. In a chilled large bowl, whip cold whipping cream with icing (powdered) sugar until soft peaks form.
    2. In a separate clean bowl, beat the egg whites with a pinch of salt until firmly mounted, then set aside. 
    3. Break the chocolate into small pieces in a medium bowl and melt with butter in a double boiler at a low simmer, stirring occasionally. Once the chocolate is almost melted (with small lumps left), mix with a large rubber spatula, pour into another bowl, and continue to stir while cooling. Add room-temperature egg yolks one by one to the melted chocolate while mixing.
    4. Stir the whipped cream into the chocolate-egg yolk mixture. Gently fold egg whites into the main mix with the spatula (do not stir).
    5. Arrange half of the raspberries at the bottom of three serving glasses and divide the mousse between them. Cover glasses with plastic film and refrigerate for at least two hours, preferably overnight. Decorate the mousse's top with the remaining fresh raspberries, chocolate shavings, and pink sugar pearls before serving.

    Notes

    1. Separate egg whites and egg yolks when they are cold. Then put them aside to come to room temperature. Use eggs, especially egg yolks, at room temperature to prevent the chocolate from seizing.
    2. Whip whipping cream and beat egg whites before melting the chocolate to be ready to incorporate these ingredients into the chocolate mixture without waiting.  
    3. Use a top-quality 70% dark cocoa chocolate: Scharffen Berger dark chocolate or Valrhona dark chocolate, or Lindt Excellence dark chocolate.
    4. Let the melted chocolate cool before adding the egg yolks.
    5. Add a pinch of ground cinnamon while folding in egg whites if you prefer.
    6. To make chocolate shavings, scrape along the flat side of a chocolate bar using a small knife or a vegetable peeler. 

    Nutrition

    • Serving Size: 1 glass
    • Calories: 451
    • Sugar: 35.1 g
    • Sodium: 123 mg
    • Fat: 27.6 g
    • Saturated Fat: 16.6 g
    • Carbohydrates: 42.4 g
    • Fiber: 4.1 g
    • Protein: 9.8 g
    • Cholesterol: 209 mg

    Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

    The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

    The recipe was adapted from https://gourmand.viepratique.fr/. It was originally published on March 27, 2019. The recipe has been revised to include improved content and photos.

    Chocolat Chaud (Authentic French Hot Chocolate Recipe)

    Jan 1, 2021 · 25 Comments

    A marble teacup with hot chocolate, Christmas decorations, and tissue in the background.

    Quick Summary: To make chocolat chaud, heat whole milk in a saucepan, remove it from the heat, then whisk in chopped bittersweet chocolate (60 to 70% cacao) until melted. Simmer for 1 minute over low heat, whisking constantly, then serve at once. This easy 2-ingredient French hot chocolate takes about 10 minutes and makes 2 small cups.

    A marble teacup with hot chocolate, Christmas decorations, and tissue in the background

    What is chocolat chaud?

    Chocolat chaud (French hot chocolate) is a rich, thick drinking chocolate made by melting real chocolate into hot milk, rather than stirring cocoa powder into water. Also called French drinking chocolate, it is thicker and more intense than American hot cocoa, with a smooth, almost pourable texture.

    In French, it is spelled 'chocolat chaud' and pronounced [ʃɔ.kɔ.la ʃo] and simply means hot chocolate.

    The drink itself is much older: the Mayans first made a chocolate-based drink about two thousand years ago, and it later spread through Europe with many local versions. Today, styles vary by country. American hot chocolate is thin, Italian hot chocolate is very dense, and French hot chocolate sits in between, rich and made with milk and melted chocolate.

    In France, the day usually starts with a hot drink, and chocolat chaud is a classic part of a French breakfast alongside coffee and tea.

    A cup of French hot chocolate held in a hand: Close up

    Why you'll love this recipe

    • Velvety and rich: smooth, thick, and full of real chocolate flavor.
    • Anytime treat: enjoy it for breakfast, as an afternoon snack, or after dinner.
    • Cozy and comforting: perfect for cold winter nights and rainy mornings.
    • Just 2 ingredients: an easy recipe with milk and good chocolate.
    • Ready in 10 minutes: a quick homemade drink to share by the fire.

    Ingredients

    For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

    • Milk: use whole milk or semi-skimmed milk (UK), and avoid skimmed milk (UK) or skim milk (USA). You can replace the milk with a plant-based milk such as oat or coconut milk, but do not switch to fruit, vanilla, or flavored coconut drinks, since they change the taste of the chocolate.
    • Chocolate is one of the main ingredients in this recipe. Opt for top-quality dark chocolate (60 to 70% cacao). Purchase it as dark chocolate bars or chocolate callets. Please do not use baking chocolate or chocolate chips.

    How to choose the best chocolate

    Good chocolate is key to French hot chocolate, so choose it carefully. The best option is bittersweet chocolate between 60 and 70% cacao, which gives the drink body and a deep chocolate flavor.

    For a rich result, do not go below 50% cacao. Avoid going much above 70% either, since too much bitterness will overpower the drink.

    A dark chocolate bar works well. It is easy to measure thanks to its squares, and the cocoa butter in the bar gives a creamier texture than chocolate chips.

    Good bars to try include Ghirardelli 60% cacao, Scharffen Berger 62% cacao, Lindt 70% cacao, or Moser Roth 70% cacao.

    In the end, choose the chocolate you enjoy most. As the French site Le Journal des Femmes notes: "Dark, milk, white, or other chocolate will be equally suitable; only the texture and intensity of the cocoa will be modified."

    Equipment

    To make chocolat chaud at home, you only need a few basic tools:

    • serrated knife
    • cutting board
    • medium saucepan
    • hand whisk
    • measuring cups
    • small cups or mugs for serving

    How to make chocolat chaud

    Step 1. Chop the chocolate into small pieces with a serrated knife and set it aside.

    Step 2. Pour the milk into a medium saucepan and heat it over medium heat until hot.

    Step 3. Remove the pan from the heat, add the chopped chocolate to the hot milk, and stir with a hand whisk until the chocolate melts.

    Step 4. Place the pan back over low or medium-low heat and simmer for 1 minute, whisking constantly. Pour the hot chocolate into the cups and serve immediately.

    A white cup with chocolat chaud, Christmas decorations, and a pink tea towel in the background

    Expert tips

    1. Use top-quality chocolate, ideally bittersweet chocolate (60 to 70% cacao).
    2. Add chocolate off the heat to make the hot chocolate smooth.
    3. Top your hot chocolate with fresh whipped cream if desired.
    4. Decrease the amount of chocolate, but not below 2.5 oz (70 g), according to your taste.
    5. For an even thicker, creamier drink, swap a little of the milk for heavy cream.

    How to serve chocolat chaud

    For the full French experience, serve chocolat chaud warm in a small cup. You can also let it sit for a few hours to deepen the chocolate flavor, then gently reheat it before serving.

    • In small cups: the French serve it in demitasse cups or small teacups holding about 2 to 3 fl. oz. (60 to 90 ml).
    • Plain or seasoned: add a few drops of vanilla extract or a pinch of sea salt or fleur de sel to lift the flavor.
    • Sweetened: stir in granulated or brown sugar, honey, caramel, or a little espresso powder.
    • Topped: finish with sugar-free whipped cream and a dusting of ground cinnamon.
    • Garnished: add mini dehydrated marshmallows, chocolate curls, or chocolate sprinkles.
    • Paired: serve alongside French madeleines or financiers for a real Parisian café feel.

    Recipe variations

    This hot chocolate recipe is easy to customize. Once you have the base, try one of these variations:

    • Warm spice: add a pinch of cinnamon or scraped vanilla seeds to soften the flavor.
    • Spicy kick: stir in a little cayenne, ground pepper, anise, or cloves for cold winter days.
    • Tangy twist: add ground ginger and cardamom.
    • Sweeter cup: whisk in brown sugar, honey, or a little caramel.
    • Coffee note: add a pinch of espresso powder to deepen the chocolate flavor.
    • Richer and creamier: replace part of the milk with heavy cream (about ¼ cup) for a thicker, more velvety cup.

    Interestingly, against the popular belief that real hot chocolate can only be made with milk, the French love their hot chocolate with water.

    But whether you prefer milk or water, you can make life easier by preparing this homemade hot chocolate mix in advance. Store it in an airtight container and enjoy a cozy cup anytime.

    Storing

    Store leftover chocolat chaud in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Press a piece of plastic wrap directly onto the surface, or pour the drink into a sealed container, to keep a skin from forming.

    To reheat, warm it gently in the microwave or in a saucepan over low heat, whisking until smooth. The drink thickens as it chills, so add a splash of milk if you prefer it thinner.

    FAQ

    Can you make French hot chocolate with water instead of milk?
    Yes. Water makes a lighter, less creamy drink that is lower in calories. For a middle ground, use half milk and half water.

    Can you make chocolat chaud with cocoa powder?
    You can, but real French hot chocolate uses melted chocolate for its thick, rich texture. Cocoa powder gives a thinner, more American-style cocoa.

    How do you thicken hot chocolate?
    Add more chopped chocolate, or simmer the drink over low heat for 2 to 3 minutes, whisking, until it thickens. A splash of heavy cream also makes it richer.

    How do you make French hot chocolate for one?
    Halve the recipe: use ½ cup (120 ml) milk and about 1.75 oz. (50 g) chocolate for a single small cup.

    How long does hot chocolate keep in the fridge?
    Store it in a sealed container or under plastic wrap for up to 3 days, then reheat gently before serving.

    Can you make chocolat chaud in the microwave?
    Yes. Warm the milk in a microwave-safe mug, add the chopped chocolate, and heat in short bursts, stirring between each, until melted and smooth.

    Love chocolate desserts? Try these next!

    • French Chocolate Cake
    • French Dark Chocolate Mousse
    • Chocolate Cherry Financiers
    • Royal Chocolate Cake Trianon
    • Browse all the Cake Recipes

    Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

    Print

    Recipe card

    Chocolat Chaud (French hot chocolate)

    A marble teacup with hot chocolate, Christmas decorations, and tissue in the background.
    Print Recipe
    Save Recipe Recipe Saved

    5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

    5 from 11 reviews

    Chocolat chaud is the classic French hot chocolate: a rich, thick drinking chocolate made by melting good dark chocolate into hot milk. This authentic Parisian recipe uses just 2 ingredients, comes together in about 10 minutes, and can be made extra creamy with a splash of heavy cream. Serve it warm in small cups for breakfast, an afternoon treat, or dessert.

    • Author: Irina Totterman
    • Prep Time: 2 minutes
    • Cook Time: 8 minutes
    • Total Time: 10 minutes
    • Yield: 2 cups 1x
    • Category: No-Bake Desserts
    • Method: No-Bake
    • Cuisine: French
    • Diet: Gluten Free

    Ingredients

    Scale
    • 1 cup (240 ml) milk
    • 3.5 oz. (100 g) bittersweet chocolate

    * If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

    Instructions

    1. Chop the chocolate with a serrated knife and place it aside. Pour milk into a saucepan and heat over medium heat until hot. Remove from the heat, add the chopped chocolate, and stir with a hand whisk until melted.
    2. Return the pan to low or medium-low heat for 1 minute, whisking constantly. Pour the hot chocolate into the cups and serve immediately.

    Notes

    1. Use high-quality bittersweet chocolate (60-70% cacao).
    2. Add the chocolate off the heat to keep the hot chocolate smooth.
    3. Top your hot chocolate with whipped cream if desired.
    4. Decrease the amount of chocolate, but not below 2.5 oz./70 g, to taste.

    Nutrition

    • Serving Size: 1 demitasse cup
    • Calories: 362
    • Sugar: 18.4 g
    • Sodium: 58 mg
    • Fat: 24 g
    • Saturated Fat: 14.4 g
    • Carbohydrates: 27.5 g
    • Fiber: 4.3 g
    • Protein: 8.4 g
    • Cholesterol: 10 mg

    Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

    The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

    Banoffee Pie Cups (Easy No-Bake Dessert)

    Mar 19, 2020 · 30 Comments

    Banoffee pie cup served in a glass with a teaspoon on a saucer.

    Quick Summary: Banoffee pie cups are a no-bake, single-serving version of the classic British banoffee pie, layered with buttery cookie crumbs, sliced banana, dulce de leche toffee, and whipped cream. They take just 15 minutes to assemble, then chill for an hour before serving.

    Banoffee pie cup with a teaspoon on a saucer.

    What are banoffee pie cups?

    Banoffee pie cups are individual, no-bake desserts that turn the classic British banoffee pie into single servings. Each cup layers buttery cookie crumbs, fresh banana slices, dulce de leche toffee, and softly whipped cream, so you get every flavor of the original in one spoonful.

    Unlike a full banoffee pie that needs a crust and hours of chilling, these cups come together in about 15 minutes and only need a short rest in the fridge. That makes them a good pick for a cozy Friday night or an easy party dessert.

    This version keeps things simple but adds a couple of nice touches: a hint of orange flower water in the whipped cream and rich dulce de leche for that deep caramel taste. You can make them ahead and serve them straight from the fridge in glasses or small jars.

    What is Banoffee?

    Banoffee is a British dessert that combines banana and toffee. The name blends those two words (banana + toffee). It is built from banana, whipped cream, and soft toffee, usually dulce de leche or cooked sweetened condensed milk, over a buttery biscuit base.

    The dessert was first created in 1972 at The Hungry Monk restaurant in England and has since become a British classic. It is usually served as a full pie, but spooning the same layers into cups or glasses makes a fun, single-serving twist that is quicker to put together.

    Why you'll love this recipe

    • No baking needed: everything is layered by hand, so there is no oven and no crust to blind-bake.
    • Ready in 15 minutes: you only need a short chill in the fridge before serving.
    • Single servings: individual cups look neat, are easy to portion, and travel well for parties.
    • Classic flavor: banana, dulce de leche, cookie crumbs, and whipped cream give you the full banoffee taste.
    • Make-ahead friendly: assemble them earlier in the day and keep them chilled until you are ready.

    Ingredients

    For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

    • Cookies: Use homemade or store-bought shortbread cookies, or swap with tea biscuits like digestive cookies.
    • Butter: Use unsalted butter. Let it sit at room temperature for 30-60 minutes.
    • Bananas: Choose ripe yellow bananas (not overripe).
    • Dulce de leche: Use store-bought dulce de leche or replace it with cooked sweetened condensed milk. Learn how to cook sweetened condensed milk.
    • Whipping cream: Opt for cream with 35% fat content.
    • Brown sugar: Golden brown sugar is best, but white sugar works too.
    • Orange flower water: Adds floral flavor. Optional: vanilla extract is a good substitute.
    Banoffee pie cups served in glasses.

    Equipment

    To make banoffee pie cups at home, gather these basic tools before you start:

    • food processor
    • mixing bowl
    • electric mixer
    • pastry bag
    • serving cups or glasses
    • spoon

    How to make Banoffee pie cups

    Step 1. Crush the shortbread cookies into fine crumbs and mix them with the softened butter until they hold together.

    Step 2. Divide most of the buttery crumbs between three serving cups, pressing them lightly into the bottom to form a base.

    Step 3. Add a layer of banana slices to each cup, then spoon dulce de leche over the bananas.

    Step 4. Whip the cream with brown sugar and orange flower water until soft peaks form, then pipe or spoon it over the bananas.

    Step 5. Sprinkle the remaining cookie crumbs on top and chill the cups for 1 hour before serving.

    Expert tips

    1. Learn how to make whipped cream without the risk of overbeating.
    2. Crush the cookies with your fingers if you don't have a food processor.
    3. Create 1 to 2 layers of banana slices, dulce de leche, and whipped cream, if desired.
    4. Use any available cups or glasses to serve the dessert.

    Recipe variations

    Once you have the basic banoffee pie cups down, try one of these variations:

    • Chocolate banoffee: grate dark chocolate over the top or add a spoonful of chocolate ganache for a richer dessert.
    • Salted caramel: sprinkle a little flaky sea salt over the dulce de leche for a salted caramel version.
    • Homemade toffee: use caramel cooked from sweetened condensed milk in place of store-bought dulce de leche.
    • Different base: swap the shortbread cookies for graham crackers, digestive biscuits, or crushed Biscoff cookies.
    • Coffee twist: add a little instant espresso to the whipped cream for a banoffee dessert with a coffee note.

    Storing & freezing

    Keep banoffee pie cups covered in the refrigerator and enjoy them within 1 to 2 days. The bananas will start to soften and brown over time, so they are best eaten soon after assembling. Brushing a little lemon juice on the banana slices helps slow the browning.

    Freezing is not recommended, since the whipped cream and banana change texture once thawed. If you want to prep ahead, crush the cookies and make the whipped cream in advance, then assemble the cups shortly before serving.

    Recipe FAQ

    What is banoffee pie called in America?
    Banoffee pie keeps the same name in America, though it is less common there than in the UK. The word blends banana and toffee, describing its two main flavors.

    What are the main ingredients of banoffee pie?
    The classic layers are a buttery biscuit or cookie base, soft toffee (dulce de leche or caramel made from condensed milk), sliced banana, and whipped cream, often finished with grated chocolate.

    Do you have to bake banoffee pie cups?
    No. These cups are completely no-bake. You crush the cookies, layer the fillings, and chill the cups, so the oven stays off the whole time.

    Can you make banoffee pie cups ahead of time?
    Yes. You can assemble them a few hours ahead and keep them chilled. For the freshest look, add the banana slices close to serving so they do not brown.

    What can you use instead of dulce de leche?
    You can use thick caramel sauce or toffee cooked from sweetened condensed milk. Any soft, spoonable caramel works in place of dulce de leche.

    Love no-bake desserts? Try these next!

    • Chocolate Terrine Dessert
    • French Dark Chocolate Mousse
    • No-Bake Raspberry Oreo Cheesecake
    • Browse all the No-Bake Desserts

    Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

    Print

    Recipe card

    Banoffee Pie Cups (Easy No-Bake Dessert)

    Banoffee pie cup served in a glass with a teaspoon on a saucer.
    Print Recipe
    Save Recipe Recipe Saved

    5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

    5 from 12 reviews

    Banoffee pie cups are an easy, no-bake dessert that layers buttery cookie crumbs, sliced banana, dulce de leche, and whipped cream in individual cups. Ready in 15 minutes plus a short chill, they are a quick single-serving twist on the classic British banoffee pie.

    • Author: Irina Totterman
    • Prep Time: 15 minutes
    • Total Time: 15 minutes
    • Yield: 3 1x
    • Category: No-bake Desserts
    • Method: No-bake
    • Cuisine: French

    Ingredients

    Scale
    • 3.5 oz (100 g) shortbread cookies
    • 0.8 oz (25 g) unsalted butter, softened
    • 1 ½ yellow bananas 
    • 3 tablespoons dulce de leche
    • 1 ½ cups (300 ml) whipping cream
    • 1 ½ tablespoons (20 g) brown sugar
    • 1 tablespoon orange flower water (optional)

    * If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

    Instructions

    1. Place shortbread cookies in a food processor and pulse to make cookie crumbs. Use your hands to mix crumbs with softened butter.
    2. Divide three-quarters of the mixture between three cups, placing cookie crumbs at the bottom. Add slices from half a banana to each cup and a generous spoonful of dulce de leche.
    3. Whisk together whipping cream, brown sugar, and orange flower water. Using a pastry bag with your favorite tip, pipe the cream onto the sliced banana, or spoon it on top. Sprinkle with the remaining crumbled shortbread cookies. Refrigerate for 1 hour before serving.

    Notes

    1. Use store-bought shortbread fingers or swap with tea biscuits like Digestive cookies.
    2. Create one to two layers of banana slices, dulce de leche, and whipped cream if desired.
    3. Crush the cookies with your fingers if you don't have a food processor.
    4. Replace orange blossom water with vanilla extract if desired.
    5. Replace dulce de leche with cooked sweetened condensed milk. Read here on how to cook sweetened condensed milk.
    6. Use any available cups or glasses to serve the dessert.

    Nutrition

    • Serving Size: 1 cup
    • Calories: 563
    • Sugar: 22.6 g
    • Sodium: 195 mg
    • Fat: 39.2 g
    • Saturated Fat: 22.9 g
    • Carbohydrates: 52.2g
    • Fiber: 3.5 g
    • Protein: 6 g
    • Cholesterol: 115 mg

    Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

    The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

    The recipe was adapted from http://www.elle.fr. It was originally published on April 01, 2018. The recipe has been revised to include improved content and photos.

    Dark Chocolate Terrine (Easy No-Bake Terrine au Chocolat)

    Feb 24, 2020 · 12 Comments

    Sliced chocolate terrine shaped as a half-sphere with a fork on a dessert plate.

    Quick Summary: Chocolate terrine is a no-bake French flourless dessert made by folding melted dark chocolate, whipped cream, eggs, and gelatin, then freezing the mixture overnight. This version is shaped into half-spheres, served with caramel sauce, and yields 8 gluten-free portions.

    Sliced terrine dessert with the poured caramel on a dessert plate

    What is chocolate terrine?

    Chocolate terrine (terrine au chocolat or terrine de chocolat) is a French flourless chocolate dessert set into a loaf and sliced like a cake. It can be made with dark, milk, or white chocolate and needs no baking.

    Dark chocolate terrine uses pure chocolate with no cocoa powder added, so quality chocolate is the key. It tastes like a flourless chocolate cake, lighter than fudge but richer than dark chocolate mousse.

    The classic chocolate terrine is shaped as a loaf cake, but I had some fun shaping the dessert into half-spheres. I even tried a bunny silicone mold to make a festive Easter dessert.

    Why you'll love this recipe

    • No baking required, since the terrine sets in the freezer overnight.
    • Naturally gluten-free and flourless, so it works for many diets.
    • Rich, smooth chocolate texture that is lighter than fudge.
    • Make-ahead friendly, so you can freeze it days in advance for stress-free entertaining.
    • Easy to shape into half-spheres, a loaf, or fun holiday molds.

    Ingredients

    Dark chocolate terrine ingredients.

    For ingredients and detailed instructions, refer to the recipe card below.

    • Dark chocolate: Use a high-quality 70% cocoa dark chocolate, like Scharffen Berger or Valrhona. Couverture dark chocolate is another great option.
    • Granulated white sugar or caster sugar.
    • Large eggs at room temperature.
    • Heavy cream or heavy whipping cream with at least 30% fat content. Use double cream if you're in the UK.
    • Gelatin sheets with a strength of 200 bloom.
    • Meringues: Use store-bought meringues or make meringue cookies yourself. Follow the recipe for meringue mushrooms to make meringue kisses.
    • Icing sugar: Make it from granulated sugar using a coffee grinder, or use powdered sugar.

    Equipment

    • silicone half-sphere mold (or a loaf pan)
    • heatproof bowl for the bain-marie
    • stand mixer or electric hand mixer
    • rubber spatula
    • small saucepan
    • cling film

    How to make chocolate terrine

    Step 1. Melt the dark chocolate, cut into pieces, in a bain-marie (water bath), stirring occasionally with a rubber spatula, then let it cool slightly.

    Step 2. Soak gelatin sheets in cold water for 5 to 10 minutes. Break the meringues into small pieces.

    Step 3. Separate egg whites from the yolks. In a large bowl, beat egg yolks with granulated sugar until pale and thick.

    Step 4. Whisk the egg whites in a separate bowl using a stand mixer fitted with the whisk attachment or an electric mixer until firm peaks form.

    Step 5. Bring heavy cream to a boil. Remove the saucepan from the heat, add the drained gelatin, and stir to dissolve.

    Step 6. Pour this mixture over the melted chocolate and combine it with a rubber spatula. Add pieces of broken meringues and gently mix.

    Step 7. Fold the egg yolk and sugar mixture into the cooled chocolate mixture with a rubber spatula.

    Step 8. Carefully fold the beaten egg whites into the chocolate mixture (photo 6).

    Step 9. Pour the mixture into a silicone half-sphere mold, smooth the top, cover with cling film, and freeze overnight.

    Step 10. To make the caramel sauce the next day, heat the icing sugar and water in a saucepan over low-medium heat to make the caramel.

    Step 11. Remove the saucepan from the heat, add the soft unsalted butter in pieces and the hot heavy cream, and stir constantly (be careful not to splash!). Heat the mixture for a few seconds, then remove it from the heat.

    To serve, turn the terrine out of the mold and let it thaw for 30 minutes in the fridge. Pour the caramel sauce over each dessert and serve immediately.

    Sliced chocolate dessert with a piece on a fork.

    Expert tips

    1. To eliminate concern about eating raw eggs, use pasteurized eggs. Consuming raw eggs is not advisable for pregnant women and babies.
    2. To make the chocolate terrine cake-shaped, double the recipe. Pour the chocolate mixture into a terrine mold (or a nonstick loaf pan) lined with plastic film. Refrigerate the dessert overnight (do not freeze it). On the day of serving, remove the dessert from the mold/pan, cut it into thick slices, and serve it with caramel sauce.
    3. Use a hot knife to get clean, thin slices.

    Recipe variations

    While dark chocolate terrine is the classic, you can give it a creative spin in a few ways.

    • Milk or white chocolate terrine: swap the dark chocolate for milk or white chocolate.
    • Chocolate terrine with speculoos: fold broken speculoos cookies into the mixture before filling the mold.
    • Chocolate and prune terrine: add chopped prunes soaked in water or the alcohol of your choice for a few hours.
    • Loaf shape: pour the mixture into a classic terrine mold or a loaf pan lined with cling film for a sliceable cake.
    • Different sauces: serve with orange sauce, raspberry coulis, or crème anglaise instead of caramel.

    Storing & freezing

    Store the chocolate terrine in the refrigerator for up to 3 to 4 days, and don't freeze it again once thawed. You can keep the still-frozen dessert in the freezer for up to two months; move it to the refrigerator for 30 minutes before serving.

    FAQ

    What is a terrine?
    A terrine is a traditional French loaf, usually savory but sometimes a dessert, that is set or cooked in a special terrine mold.

    What does chocolate terrine taste like?
    It tastes like a rich flourless chocolate cake that is smooth and lighter than fudge, but deeper than a chocolate mousse.

    Is chocolate terrine gluten-free?
    Yes. Chocolate terrine is naturally flourless, so it is gluten-free as long as the meringues and chocolate you use are gluten-free.

    Can you make chocolate terrine ahead of time?
    Yes. It needs to freeze overnight and keeps in the freezer for up to two months, which makes it a great make-ahead dessert.

    How do you serve chocolate terrine?
    Serve it with caramel sauce, chocolate glaze, or raspberry coulis with fresh berries for a tangy contrast. Chef Thomas Keller suggests serving it with crème anglaise.

    Love chocolate desserts? Try these next!

    • Chocolate ganache cake
    • Chocolate sponge cake
    • Royal chocolate cake Trianon
    • Nutella Swiss roll
    • Fondant au Chocolat

    Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

    Print

    Recipe card

    Dark Chocolate Terrine Dessert

    Sliced chocolate terrine shaped as a half-sphere with a fork on a dessert plate.
    Print Recipe
    Save Recipe Recipe Saved

    5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

    5 from 5 reviews

    This dark chocolate terrine is a no-bake French dessert made with dark chocolate, cream, eggs, and gelatin, then frozen until firm. Shaped into half-spheres and drizzled with caramel sauce, it is rich, smooth, and naturally gluten-free.

    • Author: Irina Totterman
    • Prep Time: 40 minutes
    • Cook Time: 20 minutes
    • Total Time: 1 hour (plus freezing time)
    • Yield: 8 1x
    • Category: Gluten-Free Desserts
    • Method: No Bake
    • Cuisine: French
    • Diet: Gluten Free

    Ingredients

    Scale

    For the chocolate terrine:

    • 8.8 oz. (250 g) dark chocolate
    • ¼ cup (50 g) granulated sugar
    • 3 large eggs, room temperature
    • ⅓ cup + 1 tablespoon (100 ml) heavy cream, 30% fat
    • 3 gelatin sheets, 200 bloom
    • 1 oz. (30 g) store-bought meringues

    For the caramel sauce (optional):

    • ⅔ cup + 2 tablespoons (100 g) powdered (icing) sugar
    • 1.5 tablespoons water
    • 3 ½ tablespoons (50 ml) heavy cream
    • 1 ½ tablespoons (25 g) unsalted butter

    * If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

    Instructions

    1. To make the chocolate terrine, melt dark chocolate, cut into pieces, in a bain-marie (water bath), stirring occasionally with a rubber spatula, then let it cool slightly. Soak gelatin sheets in cold water for 5 to 10 minutes. Break the meringues into small pieces.
    2. Separate egg whites from the yolks. Beat egg yolks with granulated sugar until the mixture whitens. Whisk the egg whites in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the whisk attachment, or with an electric mixer, until firm peaks form.
    3. Bring heavy cream to a boil. Remove the saucepan from the heat, add the drained gelatin, and mix. Pour this mixture over the melted chocolate and combine with a rubber spatula. Add the broken meringue pieces and gently mix.
    4. Fold the egg yolk and sugar mixture into the cooled chocolate mixture with a rubber spatula. Carefully fold the beaten egg whites into the chocolate mixture.
    5. Pour the mixture into a silicone half-sphere mold, smooth the surface, fold plastic film over the top, and freeze overnight.
    6. To make the caramel sauce the next day, heat powdered (icing) sugar with water in a saucepan over low-medium heat to get the brown caramel. Remove the saucepan from the heat, add the soft butter in pieces and the hot heavy cream, and mix well (be careful with splashing!). Heat the mixture for a few seconds, then remove it from the heat.
    7. To serve, turn the terrine out of the mold and let it thaw in the fridge for 30 minutes. Pour the caramel sauce over each dessert and serve immediately.

    Notes

    1. Use a top-quality 70% cocoa dark chocolate: Scharffen Berger or Valrhona.
    2. To eliminate concern about eating raw eggs, use pasteurized eggs. However, consuming raw eggs is not advisable for pregnant women and babies.
    3. To make the chocolate terrine cake-shaped, double the recipe. Pour the chocolate mixture into a terrine mold (or a nonstick loaf pan) lined with plastic film. Refrigerate the dessert overnight (do not freeze it). On the day of serving, remove the dessert from the mold/pan, cut it into thick slices, and serve it with caramel sauce.
    4. Use a hot knife to get clean slices.

    Nutrition

    • Serving Size: 1 half-sphere
    • Calories: 311
    • Sugar: 31.2 g
    • Sodium: 90 mg
    • Fat: 16.8 g
    • Saturated Fat: 10.7 g
    • Carbohydrates: 34.3 g
    • Fiber: 1.1 g
    • Protein: 6.8 g
    • Cholesterol: 90 mg

    Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

    The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

    The recipe was adapted from the Gourmand magazine. It was originally published on April 02, 2019. The recipe has been revised to include improved content and photos.

    Ottolenghi Eton Mess with Strawberries & Sumac

    Jan 18, 2019 · 17 Comments

    Eton mess: crushed meringues topped with strawberries, and cream served on the white plates.

    Quick Summary: Ottolenghi Eton mess is a no-bake British dessert with a Middle Eastern twist, layering crushed meringues, rosewater mascarpone cream, fresh strawberries, strawberry sorbet, pomegranate molasses, and sumac. It serves 4, takes just 20 minutes to assemble, and is naturally gluten-free.

    Crushed meringue topped with strawberries, creme fraiche, and sorbet served on three white plates

    What is Eton mess?

    Ottolenghi Eton mess is a modern take on the traditional British dessert, made with three main ingredients: strawberries, meringues, and whipped cream.

    Its history goes back to the 19th century, when it was first served at Eton College in Windsor, UK.

    Legend states that Eton mess was invented when a lively Labrador accidentally crushed a meringue dessert prepared for a picnic at Eton College.

    Strawberry Eton mess dessert served on two white plates and strawberries in the background: Overhead view

    Why you'll love this recipe

    1. Strawberry sorbet on top of this Ottolenghi Eton mess brings freshness, a lovely way to celebrate summertime.
    2. Store-bought crispy meringues work perfectly. Crush them, scatter fresh strawberries, whip the cream, and get Eton mess ready in minutes.
    3. Pomegranate molasses splashed over the dessert pairs with strawberries.
    4. Sumac sprinkled on top adds a pop of color and a subtle, tangy note.
    5. Using different kinds of fresh or frozen fruit and their combinations makes Eton mess a dessert you can enjoy.

    Equipment

    • mixing bowl
    • hand whisk or electric mixer
    • rubber spatula
    • four serving plates or glasses

    How to make Ottolenghi Eton mess

    Step 1. To make the rosewater cream, whisk the mascarpone and crème fraîche until smooth. Add icing sugar and rose water, and whisk until soft peaks form. Cover the bowl and refrigerate until serving.

    Step 2. Next, break the meringues into bite-sized pieces and arrange them between four serving plates. Then top with fresh strawberries cut into 2 cm pieces and the rosewater cream.

    Step 3. Finally, decorate with pomegranate seeds and one to two tablespoons of strawberry sorbet. Pour pomegranate molasses over the top, sprinkle with sumac and edible rose petals, and serve immediately.

    Crushed meringues, strawberries, and cream served on a white plate: Close up

    Expert tips

    1. Use store-bought meringues and strawberry sorbet to save time.
    2. Prepare the components in advance: the rosewater cream, the strawberries cut into pieces, and the broken meringues. Keep the cream and berries in the fridge until you are ready to serve.
    3. Replace crème fraîche with sour cream or full-fat plain Greek yogurt. You can also make crème fraîche at home using buttermilk and heavy cream.
    4. Use petals from edible rose buds if you prefer.

    Recipe variations

    Traditional Eton mess is made from fresh strawberries, meringues, and classic whipped cream, while this Ottolenghi Eton mess adds rosewater cream, pomegranate, and sumac. Once you have the basics down, why not build your own version? Here are a few ways to change it up:

    • Other summer fruit: Replace strawberries with raspberries, blackberries, or blueberries, and switch the strawberry sorbet for a matching fruity one.
    • Roasted rhubarb: Cut the rhubarb into pieces, sprinkle with a little brown sugar and orange juice, cover the dish with foil, and roast for 20 minutes at 350°F/175°C.
    • Stone fruit: Replace strawberries with peaches, sprinkle with pistachios, and drizzle with honey.
    • Cherries and chocolate: Use pitted, halved cherries instead of strawberries, break up chocolate meringues, and top the dessert with cherry sorbet and a few toasted flaked almonds.
    • Flavored cream: Add elderflower cordial, strawberry liqueur, or another fruity brandy to the whipped cream to taste.
    • Scented cream: Whip 1 ⅓ cups (300 ml) whipping cream with 5 tablespoons (40 g) icing sugar until it begins to thicken, just before soft peaks (do not over-whip), then add 1 to 2 tablespoons of alcohol.
    • Lighter version: Use a half-cream, half-plain Greek yogurt mix, or replace the whipped cream entirely with plain low-fat yogurt.

    Storing & freezing

    Eton mess is best assembled and eaten straight away, because the meringues soften once they touch the cream.

    However, if you need to prep ahead, keep the rosewater cream, cut strawberries, and broken meringues in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to a day, and then assemble just before serving.

    Also, don't freeze the assembled dessert since the meringues and cream lose their texture once thawed.

    FAQ

    What is sumac?
    Sumac is a dried red spice native to the Middle East, made by crushing the dried berries of a wild bush into a powder. It is widely used in Middle Eastern and Mediterranean cooking. Sprinkle it over vegetables, grilled or roasted meat, chicken, or fish for a bright, piney-citrusy note. The most common substitute is lemon zest.

    What is crème fraîche?
    Crème fraîche is a thick, rich cream similar to sour cream but less tangy. It has a fat content of about 30%, while sour cream has about 20%. Plain sour cream is the best substitute, or you can make your own crème fraîche at home using buttermilk and heavy cream.

    Is Eton mess the same as Pavlova?
    No. Both use meringue, cream, and fruit, but a pavlova is a single large meringue with a crisp shell and soft marshmallow center, topped with cream and fruit. Eton mess is deliberately broken up and folded together, so it is quicker and more casual to assemble.

    Why is it called Eton mess?
    Eton mess is named after Eton College in Windsor, UK, where a version has been served since the 19th century. One popular legend says it was created when a meringue dessert was accidentally crushed before a picnic, hence the "mess."

    Can you make Eton mess in advance?
    Assemble Eton mess close to serving time to keep the meringues crisp. You can prepare the whipped cream and cut the strawberries ahead and keep them in the fridge, then dress the dessert within a few minutes.

    Can you freeze Eton mess?
    No, freezing Eton mess is not recommended. The dessert is best served fresh, right after assembling it.

    Love easy desserts? Try these next!

    • Banoffee Pie Cups
    • Four-Ingredient Coconut Macaroons
    • Italian Shortbread Cookies
    • Browse all the No-Bake Desserts

    Want more delicious and beautiful recipes? Subscribe to my newsletter and follow me on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram for my latest updates. If you make this recipe, please leave a star rating on the recipe card and comment below!

    Print

    Recipe card

    Ottolenghi Eton Mess

    Eton mess: crushed meringues topped with strawberries, and cream served on the white plates.
    Print Recipe
    Save Recipe Recipe Saved

    5 Stars 4 Stars 3 Stars 2 Stars 1 Star

    5 from 11 reviews

    Ottolenghi's Eton mess is a fruity summer twist on the British classic, with rosewater mascarpone cream, crushed meringues, fresh strawberries, pomegranate molasses, and sumac. It takes just 20 minutes to assemble, and it is naturally gluten-free.

    • Author: Irina Totterman
    • Prep Time: 20 min
    • Total Time: 20 min
    • Yield: 4 1x
    • Category: Gluten free dessert
    • Method: No-bake
    • Cuisine: British
    • Diet: Gluten Free

    Ingredients

    Scale

    For the rosewater cream:

    • 5.6 oz (160 g) mascarpone
    • 9.5 oz (270 g) crème fraîche
    • 2 tablespoons (15 g) icing sugar
    • 1 tablespoon rose water 

    For serving:

    • 7 oz (200 g) fresh strawberries
    • 2.1 oz (60 g) meringues
    • 10.5 oz (300 g) strawberry sorbet
    • 3.5 oz (100 g) pomegranate seeds
    • 2 tablespoons of pomegranate molasses
    • 1 teaspoon of sumac 
    • 2 tablespoons of edible dried rose petals (optional)

    ** If needed, please refer to Baking Conversion Charts.

    Instructions

    1. Whisk the mascarpone and crème fraîche until homogeneous. Add the icing sugar and rose water, and whisk until soft peaks form. Cover the bowl with the cream and refrigerate till serving.
    2. Break meringues into bite-sized pieces and arrange between four serving plates. Top meringues with fresh strawberries cut into 2 cm pieces and rosewater cream.
    3. To serve, decorate with pomegranate seeds and arrange one to two tablespoons of strawberry sorbet. Pour pomegranate molasses over the dessert and sprinkle with sumac and edible rose petals. Serve immediately.

    Notes

    1. Use store-bought meringues and strawberry sorbet.
    2. Prepare the dessert components in advance: the rosewater cream, strawberries cut into pieces, and broken meringues. Keep the cream and berries in the fridge till you are ready to serve.
    3. Replace crème fraîche with sour cream or full-fat plain Greek yogurt. You can also make crème fraîche at home, using buttermilk and heavy cream.
    4. Use rose petals from edible rose buds if you prefer.

    Nutrition

    • Calories: 532
    • Sugar: 43.4 g
    • Sodium: 101 mg
    • Fat: 31.9 g
    • Saturated Fat: 20.2 g
    • Carbohydrates: 52.4 g
    • Fiber: 1.8 g
    • Protein: 7.9 g
    • Cholesterol: 81 mg

    Thank you for following me on Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. Hashtag #bakinglikeachef so I can see your creations.

    The recipe was adapted from https://ottolenghi.co.uk/. It was originally published on January 18, 2019. The recipe has been re-tested and revised to include improved content and photos.

    The nutritional information has been calculated using an online recipe nutrition calculator such as Verywellfit.com and is intended for informational purposes only. These figures should be used as a general guideline and not be construed as a guarantee.

    Primary Sidebar

    Personal photo of the website's author

    Hi, I am Irina!

    A home baker with over 30 years of experience, sharing baking recipes with step-by-step instructions, helpful tips, and tricks. Get baking, and let the fun begin!

    About • Start Here • Contact

    Summer Desserts

    • Fig tiramisu cups in a serving board.
      Fig Tiramisu (Easy No-Bake Dessert)
    • Louise cake on a cake stand.
      Ottolenghi Louise Cake With Plum And Coconut
    • Apple and blueberry crumble in a white ceramic dish with ice cream and two spoons.
      Apple and Blueberry Crumble Recipe (With or Without Oats)
    • Sliced Jordgubbstårta on a cake board.
      Jordgubbstårta (Swedish Strawberry Cake)

    More Summer Desserts →

    Readers’ Favorites

    • Sliced Sans Rival cake on a cake board.
      Sans Rival Cake (Filipino Cashew Meringue Cake)
    • A batch of baked madeleines in a baking mold.
      Classic French Madeleines Recipe (Madeleine Cookies)
    • Italian sponge cake on a marble board.
      3-Ingredient Italian Sponge Cake (Pan di Spagna)
    • Halved muffin loaded with blueberries with the rest of the cakes in the background.
      To Die For Blueberry Muffins With Crumb Topping
    • French financiers with almonds on a wooden board lined with parchment.
      Classic French Financiers (Authentic Recipe)
    • Stack of banana bread slices on a serving board.
      Banana Bread Without Baking Soda (Easy Recipe with Baking Powder)

    More Cake Recipes →

    Footer

    Featured in banner with logos.

    BAKING LIKE A CHEF

    • Home
    • About
    • Recipe Index
    • Baking 101
    • Cake Pan Converter
    • Contact
    • Log In

    SOCIAL

    • Facebook
    • Pinterest
    • Instagram
    • Twitter

    LEGAL

    • Privacy Policy
    • Disclaimer
    • Terms & Conditions
    • Accessibility Statement

    Copyright © 2025 Baking Like a Chef • Baking Like a Chef is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon.com. As an Amazon Associate, I earn a commission – at no cost to you –  from qualifying purchases.